Aakash Physics Module Part-01

Chapter 1
For more Join : @DefeatNEET

Physical World
Chapter Contents
z What is Physics? Science is the knowledge which humans have gained through
observations and experiments, when organised-systematically is called
z Fundamental Forces in science.
Nature
The science is ever dynamic. There is no final theory in science and no
z Conservation Laws in unquestioned authority among scientists.
Physics
WHAT IS PHYSICS?
z It is the branch of Science devoted to study of nature and natural
phenomena.
z In the study of Physics there are two main Thrusts.
Main Thrusts
Unification Reduction
To explain diverse physical phenomena To explain the properties of a more
in terms of few laws and concepts. complex system, from the properties
of its constituent simpler parts.
Example: Newton’s Law of gravitation Example: Thermodynamics deals with
explain fall of apple, motion of satellite bulk system in terms of quantities like
and planet. temperature, internal energy, entropy
etc.
FUNDAMENTAL FORCES IN NATURE

There are four fundamental forces which govern the macroscopic as well
as microscopic world.
(1) Gravitational force (2) Electromagnetic force
(3) Strong nuclear force (4) Weak nuclear force
(1) Gravitational force : The force of mutual attraction between two
objects by virtue of their masses called gravitational force.
Gm1 m2 m1 m2
F 2 r
r
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
2 Physical World NEET
Properties :
(i) It is universal attractive forces (ii) It is independent of medium between masses.
(iii) It is central force (iv) It follows inverse square law
(v) It is conservative force (vi) It is mediated by particle called graviton.
It plays key roll in large scale phenomena of universe, such as formation of stars, galaxies etc.
(2) Electromagnetic force : It is the force acting between two charged particles. It includes electric and
magnetic forces. If charge q1 and q2 are at rest, then electrostatic force between them
1 q1 q2 q1 q2
F
4  0 r 2 r
If charges are in motion then they also experience magnetic force. Electric and magnetic forces are
inseparable, hence they named as electromagnetic force.
Properties:
(i) It may be attractive or repulsive.
(ii) It obeys inverse square law.
(iii) It is medium dependent force.
(iv) It is long range force.
(v) It is mediated by particle called photon.
(vi) All contact forces like friction, tension, surface tension etc. are electromagnetic.
(vii) It is 1036 times stronger than gravitational force.
(3) Strong nuclear force : It is the force which bind nucleons (Proton and neutron) inside the nucleus against
strong repulsion between proton and proton.
Properties:
(i) It is charge independent.
(ii) It is strongest force 100 times stronger than electrostatic force, 1013 times stronger than weak nuclear force.
(iii) It is short range force i.e. effective upto distance of the order of 10–15 m.
(iv) It is basically attractive. However when distance less than 0.8 fermi, it becomes repulsive.
(v) It is non central force.
(vi) It is non conservative force
(vii) It is mediated by particles ‘-meson’
(4) Weak nuclear force : These forces were discovered during the phenomena of -decay in radioactivity.
1
0n  1H 1  1
0

The force by which -particle and antineutrino interact with each other called weak nuclear forces.
Properties:
(i) It is the force of interaction acting between the particles of short life time.
(ii) The weak forces are 1026 times stronger than gravitational force.
(iii) It is shortest range force.
(iv) The range of weak nuclear force is of the order of 10–16 m.
(v) It is mediated by the particle called ‘Boson’.
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Physical World 3
CONSERVATION LAWS IN PHYSICS
In classical physics, we have four conservation laws.
1. Law of Conservation of energy : The sum of energy of all kinds in the universe or of an ideal isolated
system remains constant.
Energy can neither be created nor can be destroyed. It can only be transformed from one form to the other.
2. Law of Conservation of Momentum : If no external force acts on a system then momentum of system
remains constant (While momentum of bodies of system may change).
3. Law of Conservation of Angular Momentum : If no external torque acts on a system then angular
momentum of system remains constant.
4. Law of Conservation of Charge : charges can neither be created nor can be destroyed, but are simply
transferred from one body to other.
z Conservation laws are hypothesis, based on observations and experiments. It cannot be proved. It can be
verified or disproved, by experiments.

t
en
nm nment
sig ssig
As A Assignment
Assignment
6. The scope of physics covers almost
SECTION - A
(1) 10–14 m (or even less) to 1026 m range of length
Objective Type Questions
1. Main thrust in physics is on (2) 10–22 s to 1018 s range of time
(1) Unification (3) 10–30 kg to 1055 kg range of mass
(2) Reduction (4) All of these
(3) Both (1) & (2) 7. Strategy of approximation involves
(4) Experiments (1) All the complexities of a phenomena

2. Explaining diverse physical phenomena in terms of (2) Extracting essential features of a phenomena
a few concepts and laws is from its less significant aspects
(1) Reduction (3) Qualitative thinking
(2) Unification
(4) Both (1) & (3)
(3) Law
8. The scientific principle involved in supercomputers is
(4) Fact
(1) Electromagnetic induction
3. Deriving the properties of a bigger, more complex
system from the properties and interaction of its (2) Thermodynamics
constituent simpler parts is (3) Superconductivity
(1) Unification
(4) Amplification by population inversion
(2) Reduction
9. Which of the following statements is/are correct?
(3) Law
(1) Universal law of gravitation is an assumption or
(4) Fact hypothesis
4. In ‘Mesoscopic Physics’, we deal with (2) Universal law of gravitation can be proved
(1) Phenomena at laboratory (3) Universal law of gravitation can be verified
(2) Molecular phenomena
(4) Both (1) & (3)
(3) Nuclear phenomena
10. If Fg, FN, FW and FE be the gravitational, nuclear,
(4) Few tens or hundreds of atom weak and electromagnetic forces respectively, then
5. "Classical Physics" deals with arrange them in proper order as per their strength.
(1) Macroscopic phenomena (1) Fg > FN > FW > FE
(2) Mesoscopic phenomena (2) Fg < FW < FE < FN
(3) Microscopic phenomena (3) FE > FN > FW > Fg
(4) Sometimes mesoscopic sometimes microscopic (4) FW < Fg < FE < FN
NEET Physical World 5
11. Forces which obey inverse square law are 18. Choose the correct statement.
(1) Gravitational forces (1) Gravitational force is not affected by intervening
(2) Electromagnetic forces medium
(3) Nuclear forces (2) Electromagnetic force is affected by intervening

(4) Both (1) & (2) medium
12. Choose the correct statement. (3) Nuclear force does not obey inverse square
law
(1) Gravitational force is weakest force
(2) Electrostatic force is weakest force (4) All of these
(3) Nuclear force is weakest force 19. Choose the correct statement.
(4) Electromagnetic force is strongest force (1) Law of conservation of linear momentum is
13. Choose the correct statement. valid in the presence of an external force also
(1) Strong nuclear forces are charge independent (2) For angular momentum of a system to remain
constant, it is not necessary that external
(2) Weak nuclear forces are charge independent
torque acting on it be zero
(3) Gravitational forces are charge independent
(3) Charge can be created and destroyed
(4) All of these
(4) A conservation law cannot be proved
14. Choose the correct statement.
(1) Gravitational forces are attractive forces SECTION - B
(2) Nuclear forces are attractive forces
NEET Booster Questions
(3) Electromagnetic forces can be attractive as
1. If m0 and m are rest mass and moving mass of a
well as repulsive
body, then its kinetic energy is
(4) All of these
(1) mc2 (2) (m – m0)c2
15. Choose the correct statement. (3) m0c2 (4) (m + m0)c2
(1) Strong nuclear force is 100 times stronger than 2. Which of the following is shortest range force?
electrostatic force
(1) Strong nuclear force
(2) Strong nuclear force is 1013 times stronger than
weak nuclear force (2) Gravitational force
(3) Strong nuclear force is 1039 times stronger than (3) Electromagnetic force
gravitational force (4) Weak nuclear force
(4) All of these 3. Symmetry of the laws of nature with respect to
16. Choose the correct statement. translation in space gives rise to
(1) Conservation of linear momentum
(1) Gravitational force is conservative
(2) Conservation of angular momentum
(2) Electrostatic force is conservative
(3) Conservation of charge
(3) Nuclear force is non-conservative
(4) All of these
(4) All of these
4. Which of the following is not basic conservation
law in physics?
(1) Gravitational force is a central force (1) Conservation of momentum
(2) Electromagnetic force is a central force (2) Conservation of charge
(3) Nuclear force is a non-central force (3) Conservation of mass
(4) All of these (4) Conservation of energy
6 Physical World NEET
5. Wolfgang Pauli correctly predicted in 1931 the 7. Maxwell unified

existence of a new particle (now called neutrino)
(1) Electricity with gravitation
emitted in -decay, while applying
(1) Law of conservation of charge in -decay (2) Electricity with magnetism
(2) Law of conservation of mass in -decay (3) Electromagnetism with optics

(3) Law of conservation of energy and momentum (4) Electromagnetism with weak interaction
in -decay 8. Which of the following is not a derived force?
(4) Both (1) & (2)
(1) Tension in a string
6. The exchange particles responsible for weak
interactions are (2) Van der Waals forces
(1) Gluons (2) -mesons (3) Nuclear force between proton-proton
(3) Photons (4) W and Z bosons (4) Electrostatic force between proton-proton

CLICK HERE FOR OTHER MATERIALS
Chapter 2
Units and Measurement

Chapter Contents
z Unit UNIT
It is the smallest part of physical quantity (a quantity which is to be
z Order of Magnitude measured) in any system of units. Any standard unit should have the
z Accuracy, Precision of following two properties :
Instruments (a) Invariability : The standard unit must be invariable. Thus assuming
your height as standard unit of length is not invariable because your
z Errors in Measurement
height changes with your age.
z Significant Figures (b) Availability : The standard unit should be easily made available for
z Dimensions of Physical comparing with other quantities. Also you will not be available every
Quantities where for comparison.
There are different system of units as stated below :
z Dimensional Analysis and
its Applications (i) F.P.S. system of units : It is the British engineering system of
units which uses foot as the unit of length, pound as the unit
of mass and second as the unit of time.
(ii) C.G.S. system of units : It is the Gaussian system which uses
centimetre, gram and second as the units for length, mass and
time respectively.
(iii) M.K.S system of units : In this system metre, kilogram and
second are the units of length, mass and time respectively.
(iv) International system of units (SI units) : This system of units
was introduced in 1960, by the general conference of Weights
and Measures and was internationally accepted. Our
calculations mainly will be in this system of units.
Units are divided in two groups as fundamental units and derived
units.
A. Fundamental Unit
If the unit of a physical quantity is independent of the other units, the
physical quantity is said to be fundamental quantity and its unit as
fundamental unit.
8 Units and Measurement NEET
The SI unit is based on the following seven fundamental units and two supplementary units :
Sl. No. Fundamental Quantity Fundamental Unit Unit Symbol Used

1. Mass kilogram kg
2. Length metre m
3. Time second s
4. Temperature kelvin K
5. Electric current ampere A
6. Luminous Intensity candela cd
7. Amount of Matter mole mol
Sl. No. Supplementary Supplementary Unit Symbol

Physical Quantity Unit Used
1. Plane angle Radian rad
2. Solid angle Steradian sr
Note :
(i) Unit cannot be plural e.g., writing 5 kgs is wrong, the correct is 5 kg.
(ii) If the name of a unit is the name of a scientist and you are writing the complete name start from
small letter, e.g., 5 ampere and if you are writing the single letter use capital letter, e.g., 5 A.
B. Derived Unit
If the unit of a physical quantity depends on the units of the fundamental quantities then the quantity is said
to be dependent physical quantity (derived quantity) and its unit is dependent unit or (derived unit). e.g. unit
of velocity is m/s, which depends on the unit of length and time and hence the velocity is said to be dependent
quantity and its unit as derived unit.
METRIC PREFIXES FOR POWERS OF 10 : The physical quantities whose magnitude is either too large or
too small can be expressed more compactly by the use of certain prefixes as given in the table.
TABLE : METRIC PREFIXES
Power of 10 Prefix Symbol Power of 10 Prefix Symbol

–1 1
10 deci d 10 deca da
–2 2
10 centi c 10 hecto h
10–3 milli m 103 kilo k
10–6 micro µ 106 mega M
10–9 nano n 109 giga G
–12
10 pico p 1012 tera T
10–15 femto f 1015 peta P
10–18 atto a 1018 exa E
ORDER OF MAGNITUDE
If the magnitude of a physical quantity is expressed as a × 10b, where (a 5), then the exponent b is called
the order of magnitude of the physical quantity. If 5 < a  10, then the order of magnitude of the physical
quantity become b + 1, where b is any positive or negative exponent (or power) of 10.
For example, the speed of light is given as 3.00 × 108 m s–1. So the order of magnitude of the speed of light
is 8. The order of magnitude, gives an estimate of the magnitude of the quantity. The charge on an electron
is 1.6 × 10–19 C. Therefore, we can say that the charge possessed by an electron is of the order 10–19 or its
order of magnitude is – 19. The expression of a quantity as a × 10b is called scientific notation.
NEET Units and Measurement 9
ACCURACY, PRECISION OF INSTRUMENTS
z Accuracy : It is a measure of how close the measured value is to the true value of the quantity. It may
depend on many factors. As we reduce the errors, the measurement becomes more accurate. Let the true
value of a quantity is 3.9 and its measurements taken by two boys are 3.6 and 3.8. Here 3.8 is more
accurate as it is closer to the true value.
z Precision : It tells us as to what resolution or limit, the quantity is measured. It mainly depends on least
count of instrument. If we measure a certain thickness by two different devices having resolutions 0.1 cm
(a metre scale) and 0.01 cm (a vernier callipers), the latter will give a measurement having more precision.
Thus a value 1.56 is more precise than 1.5.
It is not necessary that a more precise value is more accurate too. Let a man measure a length of 5.65
cm by the above mentioned two devices, and obtains the values 5.5 cm and 5.34 cm respectively.
Though the first value is less precise, it is more accurate as it is closer to the true value. And 5.34 cm
is less accurate but more precise.
Example 1 : The true value of a particular length is 4.283 cm. The three instruments A, B and C, used to
measure this length give the readings 4.1 cm, 4.24 cm and 4.093 cm. Arrange these readings in
the increasing order of accuracy and precision. Which instrument is most reliable for measuring
this length?
Solution : True value = 4.283 cm
Closer the measured value to its true value, more accurate is the reading.
Hence, the three readings can be arranged in increasing order of accuracy as
4.093 cm < 4.1 cm < 4.24 cm.
The reading of the instrument B is most accurate.
In the increasing order of precision, the readings are 4.1 cm < 4.24 cm < 4.093 cm
The instrument C provides the reading upto greatest precision. But since its accuracy is least,
it cannot be considered reliable. In terms of accuracy and precision both, instrument B is best
suited to take the measurements.
ERRORS IN MEASUREMENT
z The difference of true value and measured value is called error in measurement.
Error = Measured value – True value
Various Types of Error
(1) Systematic error: This error occur only in one direction, i.e. either positive or negative.
This error arise due to following reasons
Improper designing or calibration

(i) Instrumental errors Least count of instrument
Zero error
(ii) Imperfection in experimental technique
(iii) Variation in experimental condition: Like change in temperature, wind speed, humidity etc.
(iv) Personal error: Error due to carelessness or casual behaviour.
(2) Random error: The error which cannot be associated with any constant cause called random error.
This error can randomly have any sign i.e. positive or negative.
z These errors can be minimised by taking large number of observation.
z If the number of observation increase by n times then random error decrease by n times.
z Calculation of Errors
(i) True value: The arithmatic mean of measured values called true value.
If measured values are a1, a2, a3, ..... an
a1  a2  a3  ... an
True value am 
n
(ii) Absolute Error : Magnitude of difference of true value and measured value called absolute error
| a1 |  | a1  am |
| a2 |  | a2  am |
............................
............................
| an |  | am  an |
(iii) Mean Absolute Error :
a1  a2  ......  an

a 
n
Final result of measurement may be written as :
a = am ± a
(iv) Relative Error or Fractional Error :
a Mean absolute error

 
am Mean value of measurement
a
(v) Percentage Error  100%
am
z Combination of Errors :
A. In sum and Difference
When physical quantities are added or subtract then the maximum absolute error in the result is
the sum of the absolute errors of the individual quantities.
(i) In Sum : If Z = A + B, then Maximum absolute error Z = A + B,
Z A B
Maximum fractional error  
Z AB AB
(ii) In Difference : If Z = A – B, then maximum absolute error is Z = A + B
Z A B
Maximum fractional error in this case  
Z AB AB
B. In product and division
In multiplication and division relative error in the result is the sum of relative error of quantities used
in calculation.
(i) In Product : If Z = AB, then the maximum relative error,
Z A B
 
Z A B
where Z/Z is known as fractional error or relative error.
(ii) In Division : If Z = A/B, then maximum fractional error is
Z A B
 
Z A B
Z A
(iii) In Power : If Z = An then n
Z A
Ax B y
In more general form if Z 
Cq
then the maximum fractional error in Z is
Z A B C
x y q
Z A B C
T 1 l
z Simple pendulum T  l1/2  
T 2 l
z For sphere
4 3
A  4r 2 , V  r
3
A r V r
  2. and  3.
A r V r
z Two resistors R1 and R2 are connected
(a) In series :
Rs = R1 + R2
 Rs = R1 + R2
 Rs R1  R2


Rs R1  R2
(b) In parallel :
1 1 1
 
Rp R1 R2
R p R1 R2
  
Rp2 R12 R22
z The quantity which has maximum power must be measured carefully because its contribution to error is
maximum for equal magnitude.
z When we add or subtract measured quantities, the absolute error in the final result is equal to the sum
of the absolute errors in the measured quantities.
z When we multiply or divide measured quantities the relative error in the final result is equal to the sum
of relative error in measured quantities.
Example 2 : The length of a rod as measured in an experiment is found to be 2.48 m, 2.46 m, 2.49 m,
2.49 m and 2.46 m. Find the average length, the absolute error in each observation and the
percentage error.
Solution : Average length = Arithmetic mean of the measured values
2.48  2.46  2.49  2.49  2.46
xmean =
5
12.38
= m = 2.476 m
5
 True value, xmean = 2.48 m
Absolute errors in various measurements.
x1  x1 – xmean  2.48 – 2.48  0.00 m
x2  2.46 – 2.48  0.02 m
x3  2.49 – 2.48  0.01 m
x 4  2.49 – 2.48  0.01 m
x5  2.46 – 2.48   0.02 m
x1  x2  x3  ....  x5

Mean absolute error =
5
 0.00  0.02  0.01  0.01  0.02 0.06
= =
5 5
 xmean = 0.01 m
Thus, x= 2.48 ± 0.01 m
xmean 0.01
Percentage error in length =  100 =  100  0.40%
x 2.48
Illustrations
Least count
The least value which can be measured accurately by any instrument called least count of that instrument.
1. Least count of vernier callipers
Value of 1MSD
(a) L.C. of vernier callipers =
Number of division on vernier scale
(b) L.C. of vernier callipers = value of 1 MSD – value of 1 VSD

2. Least count of screw gauge
Pitch (distance travelled by head in one complete rotation)

L.C. of screw gauge =
No. of divisions on circular scale
Example 3 : In a vernier callipers 1 MSD is 1 mm and 9th main scale division coincide with 10th vernier scale.
Calculate least count of vernier.
Solution : 10 vernier division = 9 MSD
= 9 × 1 mm = 9 mm.
9
1VSD = mm
10
9
LC of vernier = 1 mm – mm
10
= 0.1 mm
= 0.01 cm.
Example 4 : In a circular vernier callipers value of 1 MSD is 1 and 30th vernier division coincide with 29th MSD.
calculate least count of instrument.
Solution : 30 VSD = 29 MSD
= 29 × 1
 29 
1 VSD =  
 30 
 29 
L.C. of vernier = 1   
 30 
 1 
=    2
 30 
SIGNIFICANT FIGURES
The number of digits in the measured value about the correctness of which we are sure plus one more digit
are called significant figures.
z Rules for counting the significant figures:

Rule I : All non zero digits are significant. For example 12376 has 5 significant figures.
Rule II : All zeros occurring between the non zero digits are significant. For example 230089 contains six
significant figures.
Rule III : All zeros to the left of non zero digit and right of decimal are not significant. For example 0.0023
contains two significant figures.
Rule IV : If a number ends in zeros that are not to the right of a decimal, the zeros are not significant.
For example, number of significant figures in
1500 (Two)
1.5 × 103 (Two)
1.50 × 103 (Three)
1.500 × 103 (Four)
Rule V : All zeros to the right of decimal and right of non zero are significant. Example 0.0052300 contain
5 significant.
Note :
z Larger the number of significant figures obtained in measurement greater is the accuracy of the
measurement.
z In exponential notation the numerical portion gives the number of significant figures.
z Rules for Arithmetic Operations with Significant Figures
z In general, the calculated value can not be more accurate than the original measured values.
Rule I : In addition or subtraction, the final result should retain as many decimal places, as there are
in the number with the least decimal places.
Rule II : In multiplication or division, the final result should retain as many significant figures as are there
in the original number with the least significant figures.
Example
23.3
2.31 62.831
+ 0.314 – 24.5492
25.924 38.2818
Round off to one decimal place. Round off to three decimal place.
Ans. 25.9 Ans. 38.282
Example
142.06 (5 Significant Figure) 0.90

= 0.2112676
× 0.23 (2 Significant Figure) 4.26
32.6738 (Round off to 2 Significant figure) Round off to two significant figure.
Ans. 33 Ans. 0.21
Rounding off the uncertain digits

Rule I : The preceding digit is raised by 1 if the insignificant digit to be removed is more than 5 and is
left unchanged if the later is less than 5.
Rule II : When the insignificant digit to be removed is 5 and the uncertain digit is even, 5 is simply
dropped and if it is odd, then the preceding digit is raised by 1.
EXERCISE
1. If in a Vernier callipers 10 VSD coincides with 8 MSD, then the least count of Vernier calliper is [given
1 MSD = 1 mm]
(1) 1 × 10–4 m (2) 2 × 10–4 m
(3) 1 × 10–3 m (4) 8 × 10–4 m
2. Which of the following measurement is more accurate?
(1) 40 m (2) 0.04 m
(3) 0.040 m (4) 0.4 m
3. If the random error in the arithmetic mean of 50 observations is , then the random error in the arithmetic
mean of 150 observations would be
(1)  (2) 3

(3) (4) 2
3
4. If momentum of an object is increased by 10% then its kinetic energy will increase by
(1) 20% (2) 21%
(3) 40% (4) 19%
5. Three measurements are made as 18.425 cm, 7.21 cm and 5.0 cm. The addition should be written as
(1) 30.635 cm (2) 30.64 cm
(3) 30.63 cm (4) 30.6 cm
6. If x = 10.0 ± 0.1 and y = 10.0 ± 0.1, then 2x – 2y is equal to
(1) (0.0 ± 0.1) (2) Zero
(3) (0.0 ± 0.4) (4) (20 ± 0.2)
7. The diameter of a wire is measured to be 0.0205 × 10–4 m. The number of significant figures in the
measurement is
(1) Five (2) Four
(3) Three (4) Nine
8. The radius of a circle is 2.12 metre. Its area according to the rule of significant figures is
(1) 14.1124 m2 (2) 14.112 m2
(3) 14.11 m2 (4) 14.1 m2
9. If the value of resistance is 10.845 ohm and the value of current is 3.23 amp, the value of potential with
significant numbers would be
(1) 35.0 volt (2) 3.50 volt
(3) 35.029 volt (4) 35.030 volt
10. The length of a uniform rod is 100.0 cm and radius is 1.00 cm. If length is measured with a meter rod having
least count 1 mm and radius is measured with vernier callipers having least count 0.1 mm, the percentage
error in calculated volume of cylinder is
(1) 2.1% (2) 3%
(3) 2.01% (4) 3.2%
11. The value of (1003)1/3 according to binomial theorem is
(1) 10.01 (2) 10.00
(3) 10.3 (4) 10.03
12. The value of (997)1/3 according to binomial theorem is
(1) 9.00 (2) 9.99
(3) 10.90 (4) 9.33
 T 4 
13. The value of K 1   – 1 (where T << T0) according to Binomial theorem is
 T0  
 
K T 2K T
(1) T0 (2) T0
4K T K T
(3) T0 (4) 4T0
DIMENSIONS OF PHYSICAL QUANTITIES
These are the power raised to the fundamental units to write down the unit of a physical quantity e.g., the
unit of velocity is m/s. It can be also be written as m+1s–1. Hence
Dimension of length in velocity is = +1.
Dimension of time in velocity is = –1.
The symbolic form of dimension formula for fundamental quantities are M, L, T, K, A, cd, mol for the
fundamental quantities mass, length, time, temperature, current, luminous intensity and amount of matter
respectively.
Hence overall dimension of velocity is written as LT–1. Dimension is also represented in capital bracket. The
dimensions of velocity can also be written as [M0LT–1].
Note :
(1) Numerical values are dimensionless e.g. dimensional formula of two (2) is
[2] = [M0L0T0]
(2) All trigonometrical function , sin, cos .... are dimensionless.
y = sin  then [y] = [sin ] = [M0L0T0].
(3) Exponential functions are dimensionless e.g.,
y = ex then [x] = [M0L0T0], [y] = [ex] = [M0L0T0]
(4) Logarithmic functions are dimensionless e.g.,
y = logax then [x] = [M0L0T0], [a] = [M0L0T0] and y = logax = [M0L0T0]
DIMENSIONAL ANALYSIS AND ITS APPLICATIONS
A. Homogeneity of dimensions in an equation : It states that in a correct physical equation the dimensions
on two sides of sign (+) (–) and (=) are same. This is called principle of homogeneity.
z With the help of above statement we can check the correctness of a physical equation.
z A dimensionally correct equation may be numerically incorrect, but numerically correct equation will
always dimensionally correct.
z A dimensionally incorrect equation will always incorrect equation.
Let us check the equation v = u + at. Here u is the initial velocity, v is the final velocity, a is constant
acceleration and t is the time considered for motion between a segment of path.
m 
[u ]     [LT 1 ]
s
m 
[v ]     [LT 1 ]
s
[at] = [acceleration] [time] = [LT–2] [T]
= [LT–1]
Thus, the equation is correct as the dimensions of each term are the same. So, we can say that the
equation is dimensionally correct.
B. Conversion of units : The numerical value of a physical quantity in a system of units can be changed
to another system of units using the equation nu = constant, where n is the numerical value and u is the
unit in a system of units.
n1u1  n2u2
a b c
 M   L  T 
n2  n1  1   1   1 
 M2   L2  T2 
a, b and c are dimensions

n1 = numerical value in given system
n2 = numerical value in new system
Thus, knowing the conversion factors for the base quantities, one can find the numerical value of a physical
quantity from one system of units to other system of units.
z A new system of units is chosen, in which unit of mass is x kg, unit of length is y m and unit of time is
z second.
(a) 1 Newton = F new units
Where ‘F’ is calculated as follows
1 kg m (s)–2 = F (x kg) (y m) (z s)–2
z2
 F
xy
(b) Speed of light c = 3 × 108 m/s = c New units
 3 × 108 ms–1 = c (y m) (z s–1)
z
 c =  3  108
y
Example 5 : Convert 1 newton in dyne.

Solution : Dimensional formula of force [MLT–2]
n1u1  n2u2
a b c
 M   L  T 
n2  n1  1   1   1 
 M2   L2  T2 
1 1 2
1kg   1m   1 s 
n2  1     
 1 g   1cm   1 s 
2
 1000   100   1
n2  1
 1   1   1
n2 = 105 dyne.
Example 6 : If unit of time is taken as 10 s, unit of mass 5 kg and unit of length 20 m, then convert 1 J energy
in new unit of energy.
Solution : Dimensional formula of energy [ML2T–2]
a b c
 M   L  T 
n2  n1  1   1   1 
 M2   L2  T2 
2 2 2
 1kg   1m   1 s 
n2  1     
 5 kg   20 m  10 s 
1 10  10 1
n2   New unit.
5  20  20 20
C. To find the relation among the physical quantities : Suppose we want to find the relation between
force, mass and acceleration. Let force depends on mass and acceleration as follows.
F = Kmbac, where K = dimensionless constant and b, c are powers of mass and acceleration.
According to principle of homogeneity.
[F] = [K] [m]b [a]c
 [MLT–2] = [M0L0T0] [M]b [LT–2]c
 [MLT–2] = [MbLc T–2c ]
Equating the dimension on both sides we get 1 = b, 1 = c, –2c = –2.
 b = 1 and c = 1.
Now putting the values of b and c in our required equation we will get a mathematical equation F = Kma.
The value of K can be found experimentally.
Limitations of the Dimensional Method

1. If dimensions are given, physical quantity may not be unique for example, work, energy and torque all have
the same dimensional formula ML2T–2.
2. Numerical constants cannot be deduced by the method of dimensions.
3. The method of dimensions cannot be used to derive relations other than product of power function. For
1 2
example, s  ut  at or y  A sin(t  ) can’t be derived by this method.
2
4. The method of dimensions cannot be applied to derive formula, if a physical quantity depends on more than
three physical quantities because unknowns will be more than equations. However correctness can be checked.
e.g. T  2 l can’t be derived by dimensional analysis but its correctness can be checked.
mgL
5. Even if a physical quantity depends on three physical quantities, out of which two have same dimensions,
d 
the formula cannot be derived by theory of dimensions, e.g. the frequency of a tuning fork f   v
 L2 
cannot be derived but can be checked for correctness.
Note : A dimensionless quantity may have units (e.g. radian, steradian) but a unitless quantity has to
be dimensionless.
Note :
Dimensional formulae and SI units of various physical quantities.
S. Physical Quantity Relation with other Dimensional Formula SI Unit

No. quantities
A. Mechanical Quantities
2 0 2 0 2
1. Area Length × breadth L × L = L = [M L T ] m
0 3 0 3
2. Volume Length × breadth × height L × L × L = [M L T ] m
–3
3. Density Mass M kg m
= ML–3 T 0 
Volume L3 
4. Speed or Velocity Distance L m s–1

= M0LT –1
Time T 
–2
5. Acceleration Change in velocity LT –1 ms
= LT – 2 = M 0LT –2 
Time T
6. Momentum Mass × velocity M × LT–1 = [MLT–1] kg m s–1

–2 –2
7. Force Mass × acceleration M × LT = [MLT ] N
–2 2 –2
8. Work Force × distance MLT × L = [ML T ] J
2 –2
9. Energy Amount of work [ML T ] J
10. Power Work ML2 T –2 W

= ML2T –3 
Time T
11. Pressure Force ML1T –2 Pa or N m –2

= ML–1T –2 
Area L2
–2 2 –2
12. Moment of force or torque Force × Perpendicular MLT × L = [ML T ] Nm
distance
13. Gravitational constant ‘G’ Force ×  distance 

2
MLT –2  L2  N m 2 kg–2
–1 3 –2
=[M L T ]
Mass × mass M×M
14. Impulse of a force Force × time MLT–2 × T = [MLT –1] Ns
15. Stress Force MLT –2 N m –2

= ML–1T –2 
Area L2
0 0 0
16. Strain Change in dimension [M L T ] –
Original dimension
–2
17. Coefficient of elasticity Stress ML–1T –2 Nm
= ML–1T –2 
Strain 1
–1
18. Surface tension Force MLT –2 Nm
= MT –2 = ML0 T –2 
Length L
S. R elation with o ther

Physical Quantity Dimensional Fo rmula SI Unit
No. quantities
Energy ML2 T –2
19. Energy density =  ML 1 T –2  J m– 3
Volume L3
–2
Nm s or
Force × distance MLT –2 ×L
20. Coefficient of viscosity 2 –1
=  ML–1T –1  Pa s or
Area× velocity L × LT
decapois e
Arc L
21. Angle = 1=[M0L0 T0 ] rad
Radius L
Angle 1 –1
22. Angular velocity = T –1 = M0L0 T– 1 rad s
T ime T
Angular velocity T –1 –2
23. Angular Acc eleration = T –2 =  M0L0 T –2  rad s
T ime T
2 2 2 0 2
24. Mom ent of inertia Mass × (dis tance) ML = [ML T ] kg m
0 0
25. Radius of gyration Distance L = [M LT ] m
–1 2 –1
26. Angular momentum Mass × velocity × radius M × LT × L = [ML T ] kg m 2 s–1
T-ratios L
Length = 1=  M0L0T 0 
27. L –
(sin, cos, tan) Length
(Dimensionless)
0 0 1
28. Time period Tim e T = [M L T ] s
1 1 –1 0 0 –1 –1
29. Frequency = T = M L T  s or Hz
Tim e period T
E Energy ML2 T –2
30. Planck’s constant ‘h’  2 –1
  ML T  Js
 Frequency T –1
–3
ML
D ensity of substance
–3
= 1 =  M0L0T 0 
31. Relative density ML –
Density of w ater at 4°C
(Dimensionless]
–1
Velocity LT –1 0 0 –1 –1
32. Velocity gradient =T = M L T  s
D istance L
Pressure ML–1T– 2 –1
33. Pressure gradient = M L– 2T –2  Pa m
Distance L
Force ML T –2 –1
34. Force constant = MT –2 =  ML0 T –2  Nm
Dispacem ent L
S. Physical Relation with other
Dimensional Formula SI Unit
No. Quantity quantities
B. Thermal Quantities
Heat or
35. Energy [ML2T–2] J
enthalpy
Heat ML2 T –2 
36. Specific heat = [M0L2 T –2 K –1 ] J kg–1K –1
Mass × Temperature MK 
Ηeat ML2 T –2 
37. Latent heat = M0L2 T –2  J kg–1
Mass M
Thermal Heat × distance ML2 T –2 .L
38. = MLT –3K –1  Js–1m–1k–1
conductivity Area × temp. × time L2 .K.T
Heat ML2T –2
39. Entropy = ML2T –2K –1  JK–1
Temperature K
PV ML–1T – 2L3
Universal Gas
40. mol.K J mol–1K–1
Constant nT 2 –2 –1 –1
= [ML T K mol ]
Thermal Heat × distance ML2 T –2 .L 

41. = MLT –3K –1  Js–1m–1K–1
conductivity Area × temp. × time L2 .K.T 
Heat ML2 T –2 
42. Entropy = ML2 T –2K –1  J K–1
Temperature K 
ML–1T – 2  L3 
Universal Gas PV
43.
Constant nT  mol.K  J mol–1 K–1
= [ML2T–2 K–1mol–1]
Boltzmann’s Energy ML2 T –2 
44. = ML2 T –2K –1  J K–1
Constant Temperature K 
Stefan’s Energy ML2 T –2 
45. = ML0 T –3K –4  Js–1m–2K–4
Area × time ×  temp. L2 .T.K 4  
4
constant
Energy ML2 T –2 
46. Solar Constant = ML0 T –3  J s–1 m–2
Area × time L2 .T 
Mechanical ML2 T –2 
W = M0L0 T 0 
47. equivalent of J= ML2 T –2   –
heat H
(Dimensionless)
Wien’s
48. b =  mT [M0L1 T0 K1] mK
constant
C. Electrical Quantities
Electric
49. Time × Current [T.A] = [M0L0TA] C (coulomb)
Charge
Electrical Work ML2 T –2 
50. = ML2 T –3 A –1  V (volt)
potential Charge  TA 
Potential difference ML2 T –3 A –1 
51. Resistance = ML2 T –3 A –2  (ohm)
Current  A
Charge
 TA  = M–1L–2 T 4 A 2 
52. Capacitance ML2 T –3 A –1  F (farad)
Potential difference
S. Relation with other

Physical Quantity Dimensional Formula SI Unit
No. quantities
EMF ML2 T –3 A –1 
53. Inductance = ML2 T –2 A –2  H (henry)
Current/time  AT –1 
1 q1q2
0 
Permittivity of free 4 Fr 2  AT.AT   M–1L–3 T 4 A 2 
54. MLT –2  L2  C2 N–1m–2
space charge × charge

4 × electric force × (distance)2
Relative permittivity or 0 A pure ratio = [M0L0T0]

55. r or K = –
dielectric constant  (Dimensionless)
Intensity of electric Force MLT –2 

  
56.
Charge = MLT –3 A –1 N C–1 or V m–1
field  AT   
–1
1 1
57. Conductance  = M–1L–2 T3 A 2  Or mho
Resistance ML2 T –3 A –2 
Or S (siemen)
ML T A2 –3
 –2  2
  L 
Specific resistance or Resistance × Area
58.
Length
L m
resistivity
= [ML3T–3 A–2]
Specific conductance 1
59.   [M–1L–3T3A2] –1 m–1
or conductivity 
60. Electric dipole moment Charge × 2(length) [AT][L] = [M0LTA] Cm
D. Magnetic Quantities
F MLT –2
B=  ML0 T –2 A –1 
61. Magnetic field
qv sin  AT.LT –1.1  T (tesla)
[MT–2A–1].[L2] = [ML2T–2A–1]
62. Magnetic flux  = BA Wb (weber)
Permeability of free 2  distance × force


L  MLT –2 
63.  MLT –2 A –2  H m–1
space (µ0) current × current ×length  A 2 .L 
64. Magnetic moment Current × area A.L2 = [M0L2T0 A] Am2 or J T–1
Magnetic moment ΑL2

65. Pole strength  M0LT0 A  Am
Magnetic Length L
IMPORTANT POINTS
z Dimensionless Physical Quantities
Solid Relative Relative
Angle
angle density Permittivity
Magnification &
Joule’s Constant
Magnifying power
No Dimension
Relative
Refractive index
Permeability
Electric or Magnetic Trigonometric

susceptibility Strain Q factor
ratio
 Physical quantities having same dimension.
1. Angular velocity/
frequency
–1
Frequency [T ] Velocity gradient
2.
Surface –2 Spring
Tension [MT ] constant
3.
–1
Velocity [LT ] Speed
4.
–2
Force [MLT ] Weight
Thrust Energy gradient
5.
Gravitational –2
[LT ] Acceleration
field intensity
6.
Gravitational 2 –2
Potential [L T ] Latent heat
7.
Torque
2 –2
Work [ML T ] Energy
8.
Planck’s 2 –1 Angular
Contant [ML T ]
momentum
9. Y
Energy Modulus of
density B Elasticity
G
–1 –2
Pressure [ML T ] Stress
10.
Thermal
capacity
Entropy 2 –2 –1 Boltzmann’s
[ML T K ] Constant
11.
2 –3 –1 Electric
E.m.f. of cell [ML T A ]
potential
COMMONLY USED RELATIONS HAVING SAME DIMENSION

R  Resistance, L  Inductance, C  Capacitance
k  Spring constant, M  Mass, E  Modulus of elasticity
 Density, 0  Absolute permeability, 0  Absolute permittivity
R  Gas constant, V  potential or volume, P  Pressure, T  Temperature.
1. Frequency
1
R/L
RC
1/2
k  –1 
1
  T (LC) 2
m
2. Time
LC
L/R T RC
 = mass per unit

3. Speed
length
T  = frequency
v v = 

1 E
–1
 0 0 LT 
E/B
4. Energy
2
CV PV qV
2 2 –2 q2
Ll ML T
C
2
Vit nRT l Rt
5. Energy density
Stress × Strain
B 2 / 0 ML T
–1 –2
0 E 2
EXERCISE
14. The dimensions of time in energy are

(1) 0 (2) –2
(3) 2 (4) 1
15. Which one of the following is dimensionless physical quantity?
(1) Velocity gradient (2) Stress
(3) Force gradient (4) Angle
16. Two physical quantities A and B have different dimensions. Which mathematical operation given below is
physically possible?
(1) AB (2) A(1 + B)
(3) A – B (4) A + B
17. Which of the following is dimensionally incorrect?
(1) u = v – at
1 2
(2) s – ut = at
2
(3) u2 = 2a (gt – 1)
(4) v2 – u2 = 2as
18. 1 joule of energy is to be converted into new system of units in which length is measured in
10 metre, mass in 10 kg and time in 1 minute. The numerical value of 1 J in the new system is
(1) 36 × 10–4
(2) 36 × 10–3
(3) 36 × 10–2
(4) 36 × 10–1
19. If the unit of force is 1 kilo newton, the length is 1 km, and time is 100 second what will be the unit of mass?
(1) 1000 kg (2) 1 kg
(3) 10000 kg (4) 100 kg
20. The dimensional formula for moment of couple is
(1) [ML2T–2] (2) [MLT–2]
(3) [ML–1T–3] (4) [ML–2T–2]
21. The potential energy of a particle varies with distance x from a fixed origin as
A x
U , where A and B are dimensional constants then dimensional formula for AB is
x2  B
(1) [ML7/2T–2] (2) [ML11/2T–2]
(3) [M2L9/2T–2] (4) [ML13/2T–3]

22. Of the following quantities which one has dimensions different from the remaining three?
(1) Energy per unit volume (2) Force per unit area
(3) Product of voltage and charge per unit volume (4) Angular momentum per unit mass
23. Which of the following relation cannot be deduced using dimensional analysis?
[The symbols have their usual meanings]
(1) y = A sin(t + kx) (2) v = u + at
1
(3) k  mv 2 (4) All of these
2

t
en
nm nment
sig ssig
As A Assignment
Assignment
7. Which of the following physical quantities has
SECTION - A
derived unit? [NCERT Pg. 23]
NCERT Based MCQs
(1) Acceleration
1. The source of instrumental error is (2) Mass
[NCERT Pg. 23] (3) Current
(1) Improper designing or calibration (4) Amount of substances
(2) Zero error 8. The velocity of a particle is given by
(3) External conditions v = Acos(t – kx), where x is position and t is
(4) Both (1) & (2) k
time. The dimensions of is [NCERT Pg. 32]
2. For two resistors R 1 and R 2 , connected in 
parallel, the relative error in their equivalent
(1) [LT–1] (2) [L–1T1]
resistance is (Where R1 = (10.0 ± 0.1)  and
R2 = (20.0 ± 0.4)) [NCERT Pg. 27] (3) [L2T–2] (4) [L–2T2]
(1) 0.08 (2) 0.05 9. Which of the following quantities have same
dimensions as that of energy? [NCERT Pg. 31]
(3) 0.01 (4) 0.04
(1) Power (2) Force
3. The true value of a particular mass is 8.5 g. The
four instruments A, B, C, D used to measure (3) Momentum (4) Work
mass gives the reading as 8.2 g, 8.48 g, 8.186 g, 10. The mean time period of second’s pendulum is
8 g respectively. Which of these instruments is 2.00 s and mean absolute error in the time period
more accurate? [NCERT Pg. 22] is 0.05 s. To express maximum estimate of error,
(1) A (2) B the time period should be written as
(3) C (4) D [NCERT Pg. 27]
4. Which is a supplementary unit? [NCERT Pg. 18] (1) (2.00 ± 0.01) s (2) (2.00 + 0.025) s
(1) radian (2) steradian (3) (2.00 + 0.05) s (4) (2.00 ± 0.10) s
11. The pair of quantities having same dimensions is
(3) candela (4) Both (1) & (2)
[NCERT Pg. 31]
5. In the measured value 10.1000 g, the number of
zeroes which are significant is/are [NCERT Pg. 28] (1) Displacement, velocity
(1) One (2) Two (2) Time, frequency
(3) Three (4) Four (3) Wavelength, focal length

(4) Force, acceleration
a2 b
6. If, R = and percentage error in 1 2
c 4d 12. The dimensions of k in the equation W  kx is
measurement of a, b, c and d are 0.1%, 0.2%, 2
0.3% and 0.4% respectively, then the maximum [Here, W is work done and x is displacement]
percentage error in R is [NCERT Pg. 27] [NCERT Pg. 31]
(1) 1.9% (2) 3.1% (1) [M1L0T–2] (2) [M0L1T–1]
(3) 2.9% (4) 4.0% (3) [M1L1T–2] (4) [M1L0T–1]
13. Length measured by a measuring instrument is 5. It is given that A = B2. If A = 100 ± 0.20, then B
represented as l = (5.0 ± 0.1) m, then length (l) is is equal to
[NCERT Pg. 24] (1) 10 ± 0.20 (2) 10 ± 0.02
(1) l < 0.1 m (2) 4.9 m  l  5.1 m (3) 10 ± 0.01 (4) 10 ± 0.1
(3) l > 5.1 m (4) l < 4.9 m 6. If density D, frequency F and velocity V are taken
as fundamental quantities then the dimensional
14. Time period of simple pendulum is measured to be formula for kinetic energy should be
T = (2.5 ± 0.1) s, then percentage error in
measurement is [NCERT Pg. 24] (1) [DF –3V 5] (2) [D–2F2V –3]
(3) [D–3F5V] (4) [DFV –3]
(1) 2% (2) 4%
7. The dimensional formula for which of the following
(3) 1% (4) 2.5%
pairs is not same?
15. Length and breadth of a rectangular plate are
(1) Work and potential energy
measured to be L = (4.0 ± 0.2) m and
B = (2.0 ± 0.1) m respectively, then perimeter of (2) Energy per unit volume and pressure
the plate is [NCERT Pg. 26] (3) Impulse and torque
(1) 12.0 ± 0.3 m (2) 12.0 ± 0.6 m (4) Angular momentum and Planck’s constant
(3) 6.0 ± 0.3 m (4) 6.0 ± 0.2 m 8. Kinetic energy of a particle depends on the square
of speed of the particle. If error in measurement of
SECTION - B speed is 40% then error in the measurement of
kinetic energy will be
Objective Type Questions
(1) 80% (2) 40%
1. The number of significant figure in 0.02300 is
(3) 96% (4) 120%
(1) 2 (2) 3
9. If X = 2.14 and Y = 3.232 then value of XY taking
(3) 4 (4) 5 into account significant figures will be
2. If L, M, N are physical quantities with different (1) 6.9 (2) 6.92
dimensions, then which of the following
(3) 6.916 (4) 6.9165
combinations can never be a meaningful quantity?
10. Absolute error of the measurement is defined as
LM
(1) (2) LN – M (1) The magnitude of the difference between
N
individual and the true value of quantity
LN – M 2 L–M
(3) (4) (2) The difference between individual and the true
N N
value
3. The vernier scale of a callipers has 50 divisions
which coincide with 49 main scale divisions. If (3) Positive or negative value
each main scale division is of 0.5 mm, then the
(4) Both (2) & (3)
minimum inaccuracy in the measurement by
callipers is 11. If velocity p, acceleration q and density r are taken
as fundamental quantities, then the dimensional
(1) 0.02 cm (2) 0.02 mm
formula for kinetic energy k is
(3) 0.01 mm (4) 0.01 cm
(1) p8r2q–3 (2) p2r8q3
4. If X = 8.00 ± 0.04 cm and Y = 4.00 ± 0.04 cm,
(3) p2r2q–8 (4) p8rq–3
X
then should be expressed as 12. Two measurement are as A = (2.00 ± 0.01) cm and
Y
B = (1.00 ± 0.01) cm. The [AB] is given as
(1) 2.00 ± 0.01
(1) 2.00 ± 0.01 cm2
(2) 2.00 ± 0.02
(2) 2.00 ± 0.15 cm2
(3) 2.00 ± 0.03
(3) 2.00 ± 0.03 cm2
(4) 2.00 ± 0.04
(4) 2 ± 0.01 cm2
13. Speed of light in S.I. system is 3 × 108 m/s. In a 19. The radius of a spherical body is (10 ± 0.5) cm.
new system, unit of length is a km and unit of Then correct option is/are
time is b second. Then speed of light in new
(1) The percentage error in radius is 5%
system of unit is
(2) The percentage error in volume is 10%
b b
(1)  105 (2)  105 (3) The percentage error in volume is 15%
a 3a
(4) Both (1) & (3)
3a 3b
(3)  105 (4)  105
b a
2
20. The dimensional formula of is [where  is
14. Mass of a body is (10 ± 0.1) kg. Volume is (1 ± 0.1) 0 q v
m3. Then density () is given as magnetic field, q charge, V electric potential and 0
(1) (10 ± 1.1) kg m–3 (2) (10 ± 0.11) kg m–3 permeability]
(3) (10 ± 0.01) kg m–3 (4) (10 ± 0.21) kg m–3 (1) [M0 L–3 T0] (2) [ML–3 T0]
v (3) [M0 L3 T0] (4) [M L3 T0]
2 
15. A force is given as F = e , where F is force,
 21. In a simple pendulum, length increases by 4% and
4 2 g increases by 2%, then time period of simple
v is velocity. Then dimensional formula of   is
pendulum
(1) [M L T–2] (2) [M2 L2 T–2]
(1) Increases by 4% (2) Increases by 3%
(3) [M2 L2 T–4] (4) [M L2 T–2]
(3) Decreases by 3% (4) Increases by 1%
16. The dimensions of a rectangular block measured
with an instrument having least count 0.01 cm is 22. If momentum P and velocity v are related as
4.0 mm × 10.0 mm × 10.0 mm. The maximum a
P , then dimensional formula of [ab–2] is
percentage error in the measurement of volume of b  v2
the block is
(1) [MLT–1] (2) [M2L2T–1]
(1) 0.45%
(3) [M2L2T–2] (4) [ML2T–2]
(2) 0.045%
23. The length of a rod is 6.0 × 10 2 mm. If it is
(3) 4.5% converted into meter then it is given as
(4) 0.54% (1) 0.6 m (2) 6.0 × 10–1 m
17. The position x of a body moving with uniform (3) 6.00 × 10–1 m (4) 0.600 m
acceleration depends on time t as x = 2t + 6t2.
The numbers 2 and 6 in the equations are 24. Select correct option.
(1) Dimensionless variable (1) Error in a measurement cannot be greater than

least count of the measuring instrument
(2) Dimensional constant
(2) Numerical value of the physical quantity is
(3) Dimensionless constant directly proportional to the unit of physical
(4) Dimensional variable quantity
(3) Numerical constant can be deduced by the
l method of dimensions
18. Resistance of a conductor is given as R = .
A
(4) A number which is not a measured value has
The symbols have their usual meanings. Select
infinite number of significant figures
correct option
(1) Expression is dimensionally inconsistent 25. In a new system, the unit of mass is 10 times, the
unit of length is 10 times and unit of time is 100
(2) Expression is correct times the SI unit. Then the value of 1 J in the new
(3) Expression cannot be derived using system of unit is10a, then a is
dimensional analysis (1) Zero (2) 1
(4) Both (2) & (3) (3) 2 (4) –1
5. Planck's constant (h), speed of light in vacuum (c)

SECTION - C
and Newton's gravitational constant (G) are three
Previous Years Questions fundamental constants. Which of the following
combinations of these has the dimension of
1. The main scale of a vernier callipers has n
length? [NEET(Phase-2) 2016]
divisions/cm. n divisions of the vernier scale
coincide with (n – 1) divisions of main scale. The hG hG
least count of the vernier callipers is (1) 3/2 (2)
c c 5/2
[NEET-2019 (Odisha)]
hc Gc
1 1 (3) (4)
(1) cm (2) cm G h3/2
(n +1)(n – 1) n
6. If dimensions of critical velocity vc of a liquid flowing
1 1 through a tube are expressed as [xyr z] where
(3) cm (4) cm
n2 n(n +1) ,  and r are the coefficient of viscosity of liquid,
2. In an experiment, the percentage of error occurred density of liquid and radius of the tube respectively,
in the measurement of physical quantities A, B, C then the values of x, y and z are given by
and D are 1%, 2%, 3% and 4% respectively. Then [Re-AIPMT-2015]
the maximum percentage of error in the
1
(1) 1, 1, 1 (2) 1, – 1, –1
A 2B 2
measurement X, where X = 1
, will be (3) – 1, – 1, 1 (4) –1, – 1, – 1
C 3 D3
[NEET-2019] 7. If energy (E), velocity (V) and time (T) are chosen
as the fundamental quantities, the dimensional
 3 
(1)   % (2) 16% formula of surface tension will be [AIPMT-2015]
 13 
(3) – 10% (4) 10% (1) [E–2 V–1 T–3] (2) [E V–2 T–1]
3. A student measured the diameter of a small steel (3) [E V–1 T–2] (4) [E V–2 T–2]
ball using a screw gauge of least count 0.001 cm. 8. If force (F), velocity (V) and time (T) are taken as
The main scale reading is 5 mm and zero of fundamental units, then the dimensions of mass
circular scale division coincides with 25 divisions are [AIPMT-2014]
above the reference level. If screw gauge has a
(1) [F V T–1] (2) [F V T–2]
zero error of –0.004 cm, the correct diameter of the
ball is [NEET-2018] (3) [F V–1 T–1] (4) [F V–1 T]
(1) 0.521 cm 9. In an experiment four quantities a, b, c and d are
(2) 0.525 cm measured with percentage error 1%, 2%, 3% and
4% respectively. Quantity P is calculated as
(3) 0.529 cm
(4) 0.053 cm a3 b 2
follows: P = . % error in P is [NEET-2013]
cd
4. A physical quantity of the dimensions of length
(1) 10% (2) 7%
e2
that can be formed out of c, G and is [c is (3) 4% (4) 14%
40
10. The damping force on an oscillator is directly
velocity of light, G is universal constant of
proportional to the velocity. The units of the
gravitation and e is charge] [NEET-2017]
constant of proportionality are
1 1 [AIPMT (Prelims)-2012]
1  e2  2  e2  2
2
(1) 2 G  (2) c G  (1) kg s–1
c  40   40 
(2) kg s
1
(3) kg ms–1
1  e2 2 1 e2
(3) 2   (4) G (4) kgm s–2
c  G 40  c 40
11. The dimensions of (00)–½ are 17. If the error in the measurement of radius of a
sphere is 2%, then the error in the determination
[AIPMT (Prelims)-2011 & (Mains)-2012]
of volume of the sphere will be
(1) [L–½ T½] (2) [L½ T–½]
[AIPMT (Prelims)-2008]
(3) [L–1 T] (4) [L T–1] (1) 2% (2) 4%
12. The density of a material in CGS system of units (3) 6% (4) 8%
is 4 g/cm3. In a system of units in which unit of
length is 10 cm and unit of mass is 100 g, the 18. Dimensions of resistance in an electrical circuit, in
terms of dimension of mass M, of length L, of time
value of density of material will be
T and of current I, would be
[AIPMT (Mains)-2011]
(1) 400 (2) 0.04
(1) [ML2T–3I–2]
(3) 0.4 (4) 40
(2) [ML2T–3I–1]
13. A student measures the distance traversed in free (3) [ML2T–2]
fall of a body, initially at rest in a given time. He
uses this data to estimate g, the acceleration due (4) [ML2T–1I–1]
to gravity. If the maximum percentage errors in 19. The velocity v of a particle at time t is given by,
measurement of the distance and the time are e1 b
and e2 respectively, the percentage error in the v  at  , where a, b and c are constants,
t c
estimation of g is [AIPMT (Mains)-2010]
The dimensions of a, b and c are respectively :
(1) e2 – e1 (2) e1 + 2e2
(3) e1 + e2 (4) e1 – 2e2 –2
(1) [LT ], [L] and [T]
1 (2) [L2], [T] and [LT2]
14. The dimension of  E2, where 0 is permittivity of
2 0 (3) [LT2], [LT] and [L]
free space and E is electric field, is (4) [L], [LT] and [T2]
[AIPMT (Prelims)-2010] 20. The ratio of the dimensions of Planck’s constant
(1) ML T2 –2
(2) ML T –1 –2 and that of the moment of inertia is the dimension
of [AIPMT (Prelims)-2005]
2 –1
(3) ML T (4) MLT–1
(1) Frequency
15. If the dimensions of a physical quantity are given
(2) Velocity
by Ma Lb Tc, then the physical quantity will be
(3) Angular momentum
(4) Time
(1) Velocity if a = 1, b = 0, c = –1
Questions asked prior to Medical Ent. Exams. 2005
(2) Acceleration if a = 1, b = 1, c = –2
21. The pair of quantities having same dimensions is
(3) Force if a = 0, b = –1, c = –2
(1) Young's modulus and Energy
(4) Pressure if a = 1, b = –1, c = –2
(2) Impulse and Surface Tension
16. Which two of the following five physical parameters
have the same dimensions? (3) Angular momentum and Work
(a) Energy density (b) Refractive index (4) Work and Torque
(c) Dielectric constant (d) Young's modulus 22. The dimensions of 0 are
(e) Magnetic field [AIPMT (Prelims)-2008] (1) M1 L1/2 T1/2 
 
(1) (a) and (e)
(2) M1L1/2 T 1/2 
(2) (b) and (d)  
(3) (c) and (e) (3) [L–1T]
(4) (a) and (d) (4) [M1L1T–2A–2]
23. What is the dimension of surface tension? 31. Which of the following dimensions will be the
same as that of time?
(1) [ML1T0] (2) [ML1T–1]
(3) [ML0T–2] (4) [M1L0T–2] L C
(1) (2)
24. Which of the following has the dimensions of R L
pressure?
R
(1) [MLT–2] (2) [ML–1T–2] (3) LC (4)
L
(3) [ML–2T–2] (4) [M–1L–1] 32. The dimensional formula of magnetic flux is
25. Percentage errors in the measurement of mass (1) [M0L–2T2A–2] (2) [ML0T–2A–2]
and speed are 2% and 3% respectively. The error
in the estimate of kinetic energy obtained by (3) [ML2T–2A–1] (4) [ML2T–1A3]
measuring mass and speed will be 33. Which pair do not have equal dimensions?
(1) 8% (2) 2% (1) Energy and torque
(3) 12% (4) 10% (2) Force and impulse
26. Which of the following is a dimensional constant? (3) Angular momentum and Planck’s constant
(1) Relative density
(4) Elastic modulus and pressure
(2) Gravitational constant
34. The dimensions of Planck’s constant equals to
(3) Refractive index that of
(4) Poisson’s ratio (1) Energy
27. The dimensions of RC is (2) Momentum
(1) Square of time (3) Angular momentum
(2) Square of inverse time (4) Power
(3) Time 35. The dimensions of universal gravitational constant
(4) Inverse time are
28. The dimensions of impulse are equal to that of (1) [M–1L3T–2]
(1) Pressure (2) [ML2T–1]
(2) Linear momentum (3) [M–2L3T–2]
(3) Force (4) [M–2L2T–1]
(4) Angular momentum
29. The density of a cube is measured by measuring SECTION - D
its mass and length of its sides. If the maximum
error in the measurement of mass and lengths are NEET Booster Questions
3% and 2% respectively, the maximum error in 1. If time (t), energy (E) and momentum (P) taken as
the measurement of density would be base quantities then dimension of mass (m), is
(1) 12% (2) 14% (1) m = ktP2E (2) m = kt0P2E
(3) 7% (4) 9% (3) m = kt0P2E–1 (4) m = kt0P–1E2
2. If ( + 1) divisions on vernier scale of vernier
 a   callipers coincide with  divisions on main scale.
30. An equation is given here  P  2   b where
 V  V The value of one main scale division is  then
P = Pressure, V = Volume and  = Absolute least count of the vernier callipers, is
temperature. If a and b are constants, the 2 
dimensions of a will be (1) (2)
(  1) 2(  1)
(1) [ML–5 T–1] (2) [ML5 T1]  
(3) (4)
(3) [ML5 T–2] (4) [M–1 L5T2] (  1) (  1)
3. Mass and volume of a block are measured as
A
22.42 g and 4.7 cm3. The maximum possible error 11. If Z  and A and B are measured with error
in density is AB
A and B respectively, then relative error in Z,
(1) 0.6% (2) 2.2%
Z
(3) 2.8% (4) 3.2% that is is equal to
Z
4. Which of the following physical quantity has unit
but no dimensions? A A  B A A  B
(1)  (2) 
(1) Coefficient of static friction A AB A AB
(2) Momentum A A  B A A  B
(3)  (4) 
(3) Strain A AB A AB
(4) Angle 12. In the expression for time period T of simple
5. The temperature of two bodies are measured as l

pendulum T  2 , if the percentage error in
(20°C ± 0.5°C) and (40°C ± 0.4°C). The g
temperature difference of two bodies with error
time period T and length l are 2% and 2%
limits, is
respectively then percentage error in acceleration
(1) (20 ± 0.1)°C (2) (20 ± 0.9)°C due to gravity g is equal to
(3) (20 ± 2.0)°C (4) (20 ± 0.0)°C (1) 8% (2) 2%
6. Initial velocity of a particle moving along straight (3) 4% (4) 6%
line with constant acceleration is (20 ± 2) m/s, if
its acceleration is a = (5 ± 0.1) m/s2, then velocity 13. When two resistors R1 and R2 are connected in
of particle with error, after time t = (10 ± 1) s, is parallel, then their parallel combination is given by
(1) (70 ± 3.1) m/s (2) (70 ± 2) m/s R1R2

RP  . If error in measurement of R1 and
(3) (70 ± 4) m/s (4) (70 ± 8) m/s R1  R2
7. Number of significant figures in the measurement R2 are R1 and R2 respectively then error in
12.230 cm is measurement of their parallel combination, that is
RP is equal to
(1) 4 (2) Infinite
 R R   R R2 
(3) 5 (4) 3 (1) RP2  21  22  (2) RP  1  
R R2   R1 R2 
8. If astronomical unit, parsec and light year are  1
denoted by A, B and C respectively then correct R1 R2 R1 R2
order of their magnitude is (3)  (4) 
R1 R2 R1 R2
(1) A > B > C (2) A < B < C
14. If least count of an instrument is taken as absolute
(3) A < C < B (4) A > C > B error then the relative error in the measurement of
x length 32.4 cm by a metre scale is
9. If x = a – b then is equal to
x 0.01 0.1
a b a b (1) (2)
  32.4 32.4
(1) (2)
a b a b
1.0 0.001
a b a b (3)
32.4
(4)
32.4
(3)  (4) 
ab ab ab ab
15. In a vernier callipers each main scale division is of
10. If the percentage error in the measurement of
one mm. Now if 10 vernier scale divisions coincide
surface area of a solid sphere is 4%, then
with 9 main scale divisions then the least count of
percentage error in the measurement of its radius
the vernier callipers is
and volume are respectively
(1) 1 mm
(1) 2%, 6%
(2) 0.1 mm
(2) 2%, 8%
(3) 0.01 mm
(3) 4%, 4%
(4) 6%, 8% (4) 0.001 mm
16. In a screw gauge, the pitch is of one mm and the 24. If frictional force acting on a body is directly
number of circular scale divisions is 20, hence the proportional to its velocity then the dimensional
least count of the instrument is formula of constant of proportionality is
(1) 1 mm (2) 0.1 mm (1) [MLT – 2] (2) [MLT – 3]
(3) 0.5 mm (4) 0.05 mm (3) [MT – 3] (4) [MT – 1]
17. Total number of significant figures in the measured 25. The physical quantity “Energy Density” has same
value 0.004800 is dimensional formula as
(1) 6 (2) 4 (1) Pressure
(3) 2 (4) 1 (2) Stress
18. Which of the following quantities has the (3) Young’s modulus of elasticity
dimensional formula [ML2T–2K–1]?
(4) All of these
(1) Boltzmann’s constant
26. Which of the following practical units of length is
(2) Thermal capacity
not correct?
(3) Entropy
(1) 1 fermi = 10–15 m
(4) All of these
(2) 1 astronomical unit = 1.496 × 1011 m
19. Which of the following pairs has same dimensional
formula? (3) 1 parsec = 3.26 light year
(1) Pressure and angular momentum (4) 1 light year = 9.46 × 1012 m
(2) Torque and impulse 27. The unit of length, velocity and force are doubled.
Which of the following is the correct change in the
(3) Moment of inertia and force
other units?
(4) Strain and Poisson’s ratio
(1) Unit of time is doubled
20. In a new system of units, unit of mass is x kg, unit
(2) Unit of mass is doubled
of length is y metre and unit of time is z second.
Now if 1 newton = F new units then F = (3) Unit of momentum is doubled
z z2 (4) Unit of energy is doubled

(1) (2)
xy xy 28. The unit of “impulse per unit area” is same as that of
z z (1) Viscosity (2) Surface tension
(3) 2 (4) 2
xy x y (3) Bulk modulus (4) Force
21. If mass (M), velocity (V) and time (T) are taken as 29. In a practical unit if the unit of mass becomes
fundamental units, then the dimensions of force (F) double and that of unit of time becomes half, then
are 8 joule will be equal to ............. unit of work.
(1) [MVT ] (2) [MVT–1] (1) 6 (2) 4
(3) [M2VT ] (4) [M–1V–1T ] (3) 1 (4) 10
22. If force F acting on a particle as a function of time 30. The equation of a stationary wave is
B
t is given as F  At  , where A, B and C are  2ct   2x 
t C y  2 A sin   cos  
constants then dimensional formula of B is      
(1) [MLT – 2] (2) [ML2T – 2] Which of the following statements is incorrect?
(3) [MLT – 3] (4) [MLT – 1] (1) The unit of ct is same as that of 
23. Choose the correct statement. (2) The unit of x is same as that of 
(1) A correct formula is dimensionally correct 2c 2x
(3) The unit of is same as that of
(2) A dimensionally incorrect formula is incorrect  t
(3) A dimensionless quantity may have unit c x
(4) The unit of is same as that of
(4) All of these  
31. If the error in the measurement of radius of a 38. A physical quantity is represented by X = [MaLbT–c].
sphere is 2%, then the error in the determination If percentage error in the measurement of M, L and T
of volume of the sphere will be are %, % and % respectively, then maximum
percentage error in measurement of X should be
(1) 2% (2) 4%
(Given that ,  and  are very small)
(3) 6% (4) 8%
(1) (a – b + c)% (2) (a + b + c)%
32. A set of defective observation of weights is used by
(3) (a – b – c)% (4) (a + b – c)%
a student to find the mass of an object using a
physical balance. A large number of readings will 1
39. The least count of a stop watch is second. The
reduce 5
(1) Random error time of 20 oscillations of a pendulum is measured
to be 25 seconds. The maximum percentage error
(2) Systematic error in the measurement of time will be
(3) Random as well as systematic error (1) 0.1% (2) 0.8%
(4) Neither random nor systematic error (3) 1.8% (4) 8%
33. A force F is applied on a square area of side L. If 40. A student measures the distance traversed in free
the percentage error in the measurement of L is fall of a body, initially at rest in a given time. He
2% and that in F is 4%, what is the maximum uses this data to estimate g, the acceleration due
percentage error in pressure? to gravity. If the maximum percentage errors in
(1) 2% (2) 4% measurement of the distance and the time are
e1 and e2 respectively, the maximum percentage
(3) 6% (4) 8%
error in the estimation of g is
34. The radius of a sphere is (5.3 ± 0.1) cm. The
percentage error in its volume is (1) e2 – e1 (2) e1 + 2e2
(3) e1 + e2 (4) e1 – 2e2
0 .1 0 .1
(1)  100 (2) 3   100 41. A dimensionally consistent relation for the volume V of
5.3 5 .3
a liquid of coefficient of viscosity ‘’ flowing per
3 0 .1 0.1
(3)   100 (4) 6   100 second, through a tube of radius r and length l and
2 5 .3 0 .3 having a pressure difference P across its ends, is
35. If the percentage error in the measurement of
Pr 4 
momentum and mass of an object are 2% and 3% (1) V  (2) V 
respectively, then maximum percentage error in the 8l 8Pr 4
calculated value of its kinetic energy is 8P  P 
(3) V  4 (4) V 
(1) 2% (2) 1% r 8r 4
(3) 5% (4) 7% 42. E, m, J and G denote energy, mass, angular
36. The acceleration due to gravity is measured on the momentum and gravitational constant respectively.
surface of earth by using a simple pendulum. If  EJ 2
and  are relative errors in the measurement of The dimensions of are same as of
m5G 2
length and time period respectively, then
percentage error in the measurement of (1) Angle (2) Length
acceleration due to gravity is
(3) Mass (4) Time
 1  43. If y represents pressure and x represents velocity
(1)       100 (2) ( – 2)
 2  d 2y
gradient, then the dimensions of are
(3) (2 + ) × 100 (4) ( + 2) × 100 dx 2
(1) [ML–1T–2]
37. A public park, in the form of a square, has an area
of (100 ± 0.2) m2. The side of park is (2) [M2L–2T–2]
(1) (10 ± 0.01) m (2) (10 ± 0.1) m (3) [ML–1T0]
(3) (10 ± 0.02) m (4) (10 ± 0.2) m (4) [M2L–2T–4]
49. The number of particles crossing per unit area

  t2
44. The dimensions of in the equation F  , perpendicular to Z axis per unit time is given by
 v 2
(N2  N1 )
where F is the force, v is velocity and t is time, is N  D , where N 2 and N 1 are the
(Z2  Z1 )
(1) [MLT–1] (2) [ML–1T–2]
number of particles per unit volume at Z2 and Z1
(3) [ML3T–4] (4) [ML2T–4] respectively. What is the dimensional formula for D?
45. Even if a physical quantity depends upon three (1) [M0L–1T2] (2) [M0L–1T–1]
quantities, out of which two are dimensionally (3) [M0L2T–1] (4) [M0L2T2]
same, then the formula cannot be derived by the
method of dimensions. This statement 50. The frequency of vibrations f of a mass m
suspended from a spring of spring constant K is
(1) May be true given by a relation of type f = cmxKy, where c is
(2) May be false a dimensionless constant. The values of x and y are
(3) Must be true 1 1
(1) x  , y
(4) Must be false 2 2
46. In a new system of units, energy (E), density (d) 1 1
(2) x  , y
and power (P) are taken as fundamental units, then 2 2
the dimensional formula of universal gravitational
1 1
constant G will be (3) x  , y
2 2
(1) [E–1d–2P2] (2) [E–2d–1P2]
1 1
(3) [E2d–1P–1] (4) [E1d–2P–2] (4) x  , y
2 2
 51. If energy E, velocity V and time T are taken as
47. In equation y  x 2 cos2 2 , the units of x, ,  fundamental units, the dimensional formula for

surface tension is
are m, s–1 and (m s–1)–1 respectively. The units of
y and  are (1) [EV–2T–2] (2) [E–2VT–2]
(1) m2, m s–2 (2) m, m s–1 (3) [E–2V–2T] (4) [E–2V–2T–2]
(3) m2, m (4) m, m s–2 52. If force F, area A and density D are taken as the
fundamental units, the representation of Young’s
48. Let P represents radiation pressure, c represents modulus ‘Y’ will be
speed of light and I represents radiation energy
striking a unit area per second, then P x I y c z will be (1) [F–1A–1D–1]
dimensionless for (2) [FA–2D2]
(1) x = 0, y = z (2) x = y = z (3) [FA–1D]
(3) x = z = –y (4) x = y = –z (4) [FA–1D0]

FOR MORE MATERIAL : CLICK HERE
Chapter 3
Motion in a Straight Line

Chapter Contents
z Position, Path length and Motion of a body in a straight line is also termed as rectilinear motion.
Displacement
Only one position co-ordinate is required to describe the one dimensional
z Average velocity and motion.
Average speed
POSITION, PATH LENGTH AND DISPLACEMENT
z Instantaneous velocity and
speed (i) Displacement : The shortest distance between the initial and final
positions is known as the magnitude of displacement and it is
z Acceleration directed from initial to final position. Following points should be
noted about displacement.
z Kinematic equations of
uniformly accelerated motion (a) It may be positive, negative or zero.
z Graphs (b) It is the vector from initial position to the final position of the
object.
z Motion under gravity (c) It is not affected by the shift of position of the origin of the
coordinate axes.
z Relative velocity
(d) Displacement of an object is independent of the path followed
by the object.
(e) It has units of length.
(ii) Distance : The total length of actual path traversed by the body
between initial and final positions is called distance.
(a) It is a scalar quantity.
(b) It may be positive or zero (if object at rest), but never be
negative.
(c) Distance  (displacement)
(d) In straight line motion in one direction distance and magnitude
of displacement are equal.
(e) Distance travelled between two positions gives length of actual
path while displacement is length of unique path.
(f) For a moving particle, distance never decreases with time.
38 Motion in a Straight Line NEET
Example 1 : Displacement of a person moving from A to B along a semicircular path of radius R is 100 m.
What is the distance travelled by him?
Solution : Displacement = 2R
 100 = 2R R
 R = 50 A O B
The distance travelled by the person is R.
So, the distance travelled by the person is 3.14  50 = 157 m
AVERAGE VELOCITY AND AVERAGE SPEED

z Average velocity is defined as the change in the position or displacement
of object divided by the time interval in which the displacement occurs. x
change in position x2  x1
v   x2 P2
total time taken t2  t1
z Average speed is defined as the total path length travelled divided by the
total time interval during which the motion has taken place. x1
P1
t
Total path length t1 t2
Average speed =
Total time interval
Note :
(i) Average speed is a scalar while average velocity is a vector both having same units and
dimensions.
(ii) Average speed of a particle in a given time interval is never less than the magnitude of the average
velocity because distance follows scalar addition while displacement follows vector addition.
(iii) The magnitude of average velocity in an interval need not be equal to its average speed in that interval.
(iv) An object may have varying velocity, without having varying speed, as in case of a uniform circular
motion because velocity can change even by changing direction.
(v) If velocity is constant, then speed will also be constant, but if the speed is constant then velocity
may or may not be constant, as in case of uniform circular motion.
(vi) It is not possible to have a situation in which the speed of the particle is never zero but the
average speed in an interval is zero.
(vii) It is not possible to have a situation in which the speed of a particle is always zero but the average
speed is not zero.
(viii) Average speed or velocity depends on time interval over which it is defined.
(ix) For a given time interval average velocity has single value while average speed can have many values
depending on path followed.
(x) If after motion the body comes back to its initial position then average velocity is zero but the
average speed is greater than zero and finite.
(xi) For a moving body average speed can never be negative or zero (unless t   ) while average
velocity can be zero.
(xii) In general, average speed, is not equal to magnitude of average velocity. However, it can be so if
the motion is along a straight line without change in direction.
NEET Motion in a Straight Line 39
INSTANTANEOUS VELOCITY AND SPEED

z The instantaneous velocity of an object at a given instant of time is defined as the limit of
x
average velocity as the time interval t, becomes infinitesimally small i.e., v  lim and the
t  0  t
dx
limit of the ratio x/t as t approaches to zero is called the derivative of x w.r.t. t and is written as .
dt
z Instantaneous speed is magnitude of instantaneous velocity.
Differentiation: Graphically, differentiation means slope of graph at a point on graph.

If y = f(x)
dy
Then = differentiation of y w.r.t. x
dx
dy
represents that how fast y change when we change x
dx
d(xn )
 nx n 1 ; where n is constant
dx
d (au ) du du du dx
a ;  
dx dx dt dx dt
d (uv ) dv du d (u / v ) 1  du dv 
u v ;  2 v dx  u dx 
dx dx dx dx v  
du du / dx

dv dv / dx
d d
(sin x )  cos x ; (cos x )   sin x
dx dx
d d
(tan x )  sec 2 x ; (cot x )  cosec 2 x
dx dx
d d
(sec x )  tan x sec x ; (cosecx )   cot x cosecx
dx dx
d du d 1
(u )n  nu n 1 ; (In u ) 
dx dx du u
d u
(e )  eu
du
Maxima and Minima

It is one of the application of differential calculus. Consider a physical quantity y depends on another
quantity x as shown below. It is clear from the graph at x = x1 and x = x2, the value of y is maximum and
minimum respectively. Now, at both points A and B the angle of tangent with x-axis is zero. Therefore at
both points A and B slope of curve is zero.
y
A
x
O x1 x2
As we know slope of curve gives rate of change of y w.r.t. x. Therefore at x = x1 and x = x2, the slope of graph
is zero.
Remember :
At maxima At minima
dy dy
0 0
dx dx
d 2y d 2y d 2y d  dy 
2
0  0 [where    ; called second order derivative of y w.r.t. x]
dx dx 2 dx 2 dx  dx 
Example 2 : The displacement x of an object is given as a function of time, x = 2t + 3t2

Calculate the instantaneous velocity of the object at t = 2 s
Solution : x = 2t + 3t2
dx
v  2  6t
dt
Substituting the value of t as 2, we get
v=2+62
= 14 m/s
So the instantaneous velocity of the object at time t = 2 s is 14 m/s
ACCELERATION

Time rate of change of velocity is known as acceleration. It is a vector quantity. If v is the change in
velocity in time t, then

v
Average acceleration, a 
t

dv d2 x
Instantaneous acceleration, a   .
dt dt 2
z Uniform Acceleration : If the velocity of the body changes in equal amount during each equal time
interval; then the acceleration of the body is said to be uniform. Acceleration is uniform when neither
its direction nor magnitude change with respect to time.
z Variable Acceleration : If the velocity of body changes by different amounts during equal time interval,
then the acceleration of the body is known as variable acceleration. Acceleration is variable if either
its direction or magnitude or both change with respect to time. A good example of variable
acceleration is the acceleration in uniform circular motion.
Note :
(i) Acceleration may result due to the change in the direction of velocity without any change in the
magnitude of the velocity (i.e., speed)
(ii) If the velocity is zero at an instant, the acceleration need not be zero at that instant as in case
of motion under gravity at the topmost point.
(iii) If a particle has non-zero acceleration its velocity has to vary. (either in magnitude or in direction
or in both)
(iv) There is no definite relation between the direction of velocity vector and the direction of acceleration
vector. So when a particle is in motion, its acceleration may be in any direction.
(v) It is possible that an object can be increasing in speed when its acceleration is decreasing as
in case of a raindrop.
(vi) It is possible that the acceleration of a body changes its direction without its displacement or
velocity changing direction. As in case of accelerating a car and then Braking.
(vii) If the velocity of a particle in straight line motion is zero for a time interval then acceleration has
to be zero at all instant within that time interval.
(viii) The velocity of an object can reverse direction even when the acceleration of the object is
constant. For example, in case of motion under gravity.
(ix) It is not possible to have constant velocity and variable acceleration.
(x) If the magnitude of velocity is constant and only its direction changes with time, then acceleration
is perpendicular to the velocity vector.
(xi) For a particle moving in straight line, its acceleration must be along the same line.
(xii) It is possible to round a curve with constant acceleration as in case of a projectile.
(xiii) When an object is thrown in a direction different from the line of constant acceleration then it
follows a parabolic path.
Integration: Graphically integration means area under the graph.
Fundamental formulae of integration :
n x n 1
1. x dx 
n 1
 c; provided n  – 1
0 x 0 1
2.  dx   x dx  0 1
 x c
3.  u  v  dx  udx   vdx
4.  cudx  c  udx , where c is a constant and u = f(x)
n x n 1
5.  kx k
n 1
c
1
6.  x dx  loge x  c
x
7. e dx  e x  c
ax eax
8. e dx 
a
c
x ax
9. a dx 
loge a
c
10. (i)  sin x dx  – cos x  c
cos nx
(ii)  sin  nx  dx  – n
c
(iii)  cos x dx  sin x  c

sin nx
(iv)  cos  nx  dx  n
c
2
(v)  sec x dx  tan x  c
(vi)  sec x tan x  sec x  c

(vii)  cosec x cot x dx  –cosec x  c
ax  b n 1 ax  b n 1
11.   ax  b  dx 
n
c  c
 n  1 .
d
ax  b   n  1 a
dx
a a log  ax  b 
12.  ax  b  dx   c  log  ax  b   c
d
 ax  b 
dx
Geometrical Significance of Integrals
Suppose the curve for function y = f(x) is as shown in figure.
y
x x
O a x + dx b
b
Let y is value of function at x. So, y dx is area of small strip of thickness dx at distance x and ∫ a
y dx is sum
of the areas of all strips (each of width dx) taken from x = a to x = b.
b
So, ∫ a
y dx represent area under curve from x = a to x = b.
Example 3 : The velocity of an object is changing with time and relation is given by the following equation.
v = 2t + 3t2
Calculate the position of the object from the origin at t = 2 s.
Assume particle to be at origin at t = 0
dx
Solution : We know, v 
dt
So position x is given by x   vdt
2 2t 2 3t 3
=  (2t  3t ) dt    t2  t3
2 3
Substituting the value of t as 2 s, we get
x = (2)2 + (2)3 = 4 + 8 = 12 m
Position of object is 12 m from the origin at t = 2 s.
KINEMATIC EQUATIONS OF UNIFORMLY ACCELERATED MOTION
Obtain Equations of Motion Using Calculus Method

1. Derivation of velocity-time relation
By the definition of acceleration, it is the rate of change of velocity,
dv
i.e., a
dt
 dv = adt
Integrating both sides we get
 dv  a  dt
As acceleration is constant therefore, we take it outside the integral. On velocity we take limit u to v
and time from 0 to t
v t
 dv  a  dt
u 0
v
 v u
 at
 v – u = at
or we get v  u  at
2. Derivation of displacement-time relation
Further we know velocity is given by the rate of change of position w.r.t. time
dx
v
dt
We get, vdt = dx
Now in the above equation v is not independent of t. So we replace the value of v by v = u + at and
get
(u + at)dt = dx
Now integrating L.H.S. and R.H.S. from limits 0 to t and x0 to x respectively, we get
t t x
u  dt  a  tdt   dx
0 0 x0
1 2
 ut  at  ( x  x0 )
2
1
or x  x0  ut  at 2
2
3. Derivation of velocity-displacement relation
Again we can write
dv dv dx
a   {Dividing and multiplying by dx}
dt dx dt
dv
 a v
dx
 adx = vdv
Integrating L.H.S. and R.H.S. in limit x0 to x and u to v respectively we get
x v
a  dx   vdv
x0 u
v 2  u2
 a( x  x0 ) 
2
 v 2  u 2  2a( x  x0 )
where (x – x0) is the displacement of the object.
Note : These equations are applicable only when acceleration (a) remains constant in magnitude and
direction both.
GRAPHS
1. Straight line : If the variation of a physical quantity y with other physical quantity x is linear, then it can
be written as
y = mx + C
Here m = tan is called slope of graph with positive x-axis and C is intercept on y-axis
 is the angle measured with positive x-direction
Anticlockwise (+ve) tan (> 90°) = –ve

Clock wise (–ve) tan(– ) = – tan
y y
y
 = +ve  > 90°
 = +ve
tan  = +ve m = tan  = (–ve)
tan = +ve C>0
C>0 C<0
O 
C x
x C x
O O
(1) (2) (3)
y = 0° y = 0 y > 90°

m = tan (0°) = 0 m = tan = 0 m = –ve
y= C
C>0 C<0 C<0
x x
O O
y=–C
x
O
(4) (5) (6)
2. Some important Curves with variable slopes: To calculate slope at any point of curve, draw tangent
at that point of curve. And then measure slope (i.e. tan) of tangent with positive x-direction.
y  < 90° y  < 90° y  > 90°
(+ve) slope P (–ve) slope
P P (+ve) slope
 
x x x
O O O
(1) (2) (3)
y 2
y y
 > 90°
(–ve) slope 2 2 > 1
P2 2 < 1
P m2 > m1 1 m2 < m1
P1 1 P1
x x x
O (4) O (5) O (6)
3. Parabola: If one of the physical quantity y is quadratic and other quantity x linear or vice versa. Then
graph between x and y is parabola.
x  y 2 or x  Cy 2 x  Cy 2 y  x 2 or y  Cx 2
Where C is (+ve) constant C is (+ve) constant C is (+ve) constant
y y
x O
O
O x
(1) (2) (3)
2
y  –x
y 2
y = –Cx
y2 2
O C is (+ve) constant x = Cy
x
O x
(4) (5)
4. Ellipse : If the two quantities x and y are quadratic in any equation. Then graph between x and y is ellipse
The equation of ellipse

y
2 2
x y
2
 2  1and a  b
a b
Minor axis
2b F2 O F1 x
Here F1 and F2 are called Focii of ellipse
–ae ae
2a = length of major axis
2b = length of minor axis 2a

Major axis
b2
z Eccentricity of ellipse e  1  2 (a > b)
a
z Ellipse converts into Circle if a = b
z Area of ellipse A = ab
5. Circle : The general equation of circle (x – x1)2 + (y – y1)2 = r2 y
r = radius of circle
x1 and y1 are co-ordinates of centre x

(0, 0)
If x1 = 0, y1 = 0 then centre of circle is at origin
And x2 + y2 = r2 (Equation of circle with centre at origin)

6. Hyperbola : The commonly used equation of hyperbola
1 1
(1) xy = C or y  (2) xy 2  C or x 
x y2
Where C is +ve constant Where C is +ve constant
y
y
x
O
x
O
Rectangular hyperbola
z Graphs between different Quantities
1. Position Time Graph : From position time (x – t) graph we can calculate velocity, and position at any
time can be study directly
(1) To calculate displacement, calculate change in Position
(2) To calculate velocity, calculate slope of graph
x x x x
t t t t
O O O O
 = 0°, v = tan = 0  = const.  goes on increasing  goes on decreasing
object at rest a = 0 v = const. v goes on increasing v goes on decreasing
a=0 positive acceleration Negative acceleration
(1) (2) (3) (4)
2. Velocity-time graph : From (v – t) graph

(1) Velocity can be read directly
(2) Displacement : To calculate displacement from (v – t) graph, calculate area under the graph.
(3) Acceleration : To calculate acceleration from (v – t) graph, calculate slope of graph from (+ve)
x-axis.
v v
t t
O O t1 t2
(1) (2)
Velocity v = constant Velocity goes on increasing
Displacement = Area of rectangle Displacement = Area of trapezium
a = tan = 0 Acceleration = Constant
v v
(+) (Increases) (+) (Decreases)
t t
O O
(3) (4)
Displacement = area under graph Acceleration = tan (Positive decreasing)
Acceleration = tan (Increasing) Displacement = area under graph
v v
 > 90
 > 90
O t O t
(5) (6)
Velocity decreases Velocity decreases
Decreasing (–ve) acceleration Increasing (–ve) acceleration
3. Acceleration-time graph  From (a - t) graph we can calculate.

(1) Acceleration at any point (Instantaneous acceleration)
(2) Change in velocity area under (a - t) graph.
a a a
t t t
O O O
(1) (2) (3)
a = constant Increasing acceleration Decreasing Acceleration
v = Area of rectangle v = Area of trapezium v = Area of triangle
Example 4 : A car was moving at a rate of 18 km/h. When the brakes were applied, it comes to rest in a
distance of 100 m. Calculate the retardation produced by the brakes.
Solution : Using the equation of motion
v2 – u2 = 2as …(i)
v = 0, u = 18 km/h = 5 m/s, S = 100 m
So, substituting the values in equation (i) we get
5  5 1
a     0.125 m/s2
2  100 8
So, the retardation produced by the brakes is 0.125 m/s2.
MOTION UNDER GRAVITY
Whenever a body is thrown up or down or released from a height, it falls freely under the effect of gravitational
force of earth. Experiments show that all bodies fall towards earth with same acceleration. This is called
acceleration due to gravity. It is denoted by ‘g’.
Its value is g = 9.8 m/s2  10 m/s2.

Here we shall study the motion of a body thrown straight up and allowed to fall freely under gravity.
v=0
Highest point
u u
ta = g td = g
g g
H
u v=u
t=0
Ground
A body is thrown at t = 0 from ground with initial velocity u. The velocity goes on decreasing till it becomes
zero at highest point.
Using v = u + at
0 = u – gt  ta = u/g (time of ascent)
Using v2 – u2 = 2as
02 – u2 = 2 (–g) H
u2 1 2
 H  gta
2g 2
Downward motion (Taking downward direction as positive)

Initial velocity = 0 v = u + at
Final velocity = v v = 0 + gtd
Time of descent = td v = gtd
Displacement = H
Using
1 2
S  ut  at
2
1 2
H 0 g td
2
1 2
From above H  g td  ta = td = u/g  v = u i.e., final speed = initial speed.
2
z Graphs for a Particle Thrown Vertically Upwards with Velocity v0 :

x
v02
2g v v a
v0 v0
t0 2t0
(0, 0) t (0, 0) t (0, 0) t (0, 0) t
t0 2t0 t0 2t 0
v –v0 –g
t0 = g0
Displacement vs. time Velocity vs. time Speed vs. time Acceleration vs. time
Illustration
z Stopping distance : When brakes are applied to a moving vehicle, the distance it travels before stopping
is called stopping distance. It is an important factor for road safety.
We can calculate the stopping distance of a vehicle if we know its initial velocity or braking acceleration that
is caused by the braking by using kinematic equations of motions.
v2 = u2 – 2as
where v = 0, s is the stopping distance, u is initial velocity, a is the retardation produced by brakes
 2as = u2
u2
 s
2a
Stopping distance is proportional to the square of the initial velocity. Stopping distance is an important factor
considered in setting speed limits.
(1) A particle is dropped and another particle is thrown downward with initial velocity u at same instant, then
during fall
(a) Relative acceleration is always zero
(b) Relative velocity is always u.
x
(c) Time at which their separation becomes x is .
u
(2) Two bodies are thrown upwards with same initial velocity with time gap . They will meet after a time t
from projection of first body.
 u
t  
2 g
(3) If a body is projected upward from certain height h with initial speed u, then
(a) Speed at same level is u.
(b) Speed at the ground level is u u

t=0
v  u 2  2gh h
(c) Time require to attain same level

v = u 2 + 2gh
2u
=
g t=T
(d) Total time of flight (T) is obtained by solving the quadratic equation.
1
h = – uT + gT 2
2
(4) If body is moving with constant acceleration then velocity midway between A and B is
u2  v 2 A u C v B v
v 
2 x=0 x = L/2 x=L
(5) If a body starts from rest with acceleration  and then retards to rest with retardation , such that total
time of journey is T.
  
(a) Maximum velocity during the trip v max.    .T v
  
1    2 vmax
(b) Length of the journey L   T .
2  
 x x 
1 2
v
(c) Average velocity of the trip = max. . 1 2
2 t
T
x1  t1 t1 t2
(d)  
x2  t 2 .
(6) When a body is thrown upward so that it takes t seconds to reach its highest point, then
(a) Distance travelled in (t)th second = distance travelled in (t + 1)th second.
(b) Distance travelled in (t – 1)th second = distance travelled in (t + 2)th second.
(c) Distance travelled in (t – r)th second = distance travelled in (t + r + 1)th second.
Note :
z For a body starting from rest and moving with uniform acceleration, the ratio of distances covered
in 1 s, 2 s, 3 s, etc. is 12 : 22: 32 etc. i.e., 1 : 4 : 9 etc.
z A body starting from rest and moving with uniform acceleration has distances covered by it in 1st,
2nd and 3rd seconds in the ratio 1 : 3 : 5 etc. i.e., odd numbers only.
z A body moving with a velocity v is stopped by application of brakes after covering a distance s.
If the same body moves with a velocity nv, it stops after covering a distance n2s by the application
of same brake force.
z If a body is projected upwards or falls freely then the direction of acceleration is downwards in both
cases (downwards).
z In the absence of air resistance, the velocity of projection is equal to the velocity with which the
body strikes the ground.
z In case of air resistance, the time of ascent is less than time of descent for a body projected
vertically upward.
z For a body projected vertically upwards, the magnitude of velocity at any given point on the path
is same whether the body is moving in upwards or downward direction.
z For a freely falling body (starting from rest)
(i) Speed  time
(ii) Speed  Dis tan ce fallen
(iii) Distance fallen  (time)2
z Ratio of maximum heights reached by different bodies projected with velocities u1, u2, u3 etc. is
equal to u12, u22, u33 etc. and ratio of times of ascent is u1 : u2 : u3 etc.
g
z Distance travelled by a freely falling body starting from rest in 1st second is always or 4.9 m,
2
irrespective of height h.
Important Points
z If a body is thrown vertically upwards and retardation due to air resistance (a) is to be taken into account,
then the time of ascent (t1) is less than time of descent (t2) i.e. (t2 > t1).
z If u is initial velocity of projection then
u u2
Time of ascent t1  and h 
(g  a) 2( g  a )
t1
h
u2 1 t2
Time of descent  (g  a )t 22
2(g  a ) 2
u
t2 
(g  a )(g  a )
z If a body is projected vertically upwards, such that it passes through a fixed point P at height (h) after
time t1 and t2 respectively. Then
g
(1) Speed of projection u  (t1  t2 )
2
Hmax
1
(2) Height of the point h  g t1t 2
2
P t1 t2
g
(3) Speed of body at point P, uP  (t2  t1 )
2 h
g t=0
(4) Maximum height reached by body Hmax  (t1  t2 )2
8
g
(5) Height reached by ball above point P  (t2  t1 )2
8
z If two bodies 1 and 2 are projected simultaneously with velocity v1 and v2 respectively, then time of
meeting of bodies.
v1
v1 t=0
t=0 t=0
v1
1 h
h 2
v2
v2 v2
t=0
t=0 2 1 t=0
h h h
t t t
v 2  v1 v 2  v1 v 2  v1
z Time will not be negative. If time is negative then body will not meet.
z A body is thrown vertically upwards, from top of tower reach the ground in time t1. If it thrown vertically
downwards with same height reach ground in time t2. If it fall freely from same height then time taken
to reach ground.
t  t1 t2
EXERCISE
1. A particle moves along a circular path of radius R. The distance and displacement of the particle after one
complete revolution is
(1) 0, 2r (2) 2r, 0
(3) 0, r (4) r, 0
2. A particle starts from the origin, goes along x-axis to the point (10 m, 0) and then returns along the same
line to the point (–10 m, 0). The distance and displacement of the particle during the trip are
(1) 20 m, 0 (2) 30 m, 10 m
(3) 30 m, – 10 m (4) 20 m, – 10 m
3. A person starts walking and comes back to its initial position after 2 h, then which of the following quantity
is zero?
(1) Path length (2) Average speed
(3) Displacement (4) Time
4. A car is moving on a straight road covers one third of the distance with a speed of 20 km/h and the rest with
a speed of 60 km/h. The average speed of the car is
(1) 40 km/h (2) 50 km/h
(3) 36 km/h (4) 55 km/h
5. A car travels half of the distance with constant velocity 40 km/h and another half with a constant velocity of
60 km/h along a straight line. The average velocity of the car is
(1) 24 km/h (2) 48 km/h
(3) 60 km/h (4) 40 km/h
6. The position-time graph of a moving particle is shown. The instantaneous velocity of the particle is negative
at the point
B
Position
C D
A
Time
(1) A (2) B
(3) C (4) D
7. The position-time graphs of two cars A and B are straight lines making angles 30° and 60° with the time axis
respectively. The ratio of velocities of A and B is
(1) 1: 3 (2) 1 : 3
(3) 3 :1 (4) 3 : 1
8. The variation of velocity of a particle moving along a straight line is as shown in the figure given below. The
distance travelled by the particle in 5 s is
A B
20
v (m/s)
10
D E C
0 1 2 3 4 5
t (s)
(1) 60 m (2) 30 m
(3) 40 m (4) 50 m
9. The velocity-time graph of a particle moving along a straight line is shown in the figure given below
2 A E F
v (m/s)
1
B D G
0
1 2 3 4 5
–1
t(s)
–2
C
The displacement of the particle in 5 second is
(1) 0.5 m (2) 1 m
(3) 2 m (4) 4 m
10. The ratio of velocity of two objects A and B is 1 : 3. If the position-time graph of object A is inclined to time
axis at 30°, then the position-time graph of object B is inclined to time axis at
(1) 0° (2) 90°
(3) 30° (4) 60°
11. The maximum and minimum values of the function y = x3 – 3x2 + 6 are
(1) 2, 0 (2) 6, 0
(3) 6, 2 (4) 4, 2
2
12. If y  , then the minimum value of y is
sin   3 cos 
(1) 1 (2) 2
1 1
(3) (4)
3 1 2
13. A metallic disc is being heated. Its area A(in m2) at any time t (in second) is given by A = 5t 2 + 4t + 8. The
rate of increase in area at t = 3 s is
(1) 30 m2/s (2) 24 m2/s
2
(3) 65 m /s (4) 34 m2/s
dy
14. y = cos(5 – 3t), =
dt
(1) 5 sin (5 – 3t) (2) 3 sin (5 – 3t)
(3) –5 sin (5 – 3t) (4) –3 sin (5 – 3t)
dx
15.  3x  5 
(1) Not defined (2) ln (3x + 5) + c
ln(3 x  5)
(3) + c (4) 3ln (3x + 5) + c
3
16. A particle starting from rest undergoes a rectilinear motion with acceleration a. The variation of a with time t
is shown below. The maximum velocity attained by the particle during its motion is
10
2
a (m/s )
12
t(s)
(1) 120 m/s (2) 60 m/s
(3) 22 m/s (4) 80 m/s
17. The displacement-time graph of two moving objects A and B are shown in the figure given below. Which of
the following is incorrect?
x
B
A
t
(1) B is moving with constant velocity
(2) A is moving with increasing speed
(3) B is moving with non-zero constant acceleration
(4) Acceleration of A may be constant
18. A body moving with uniform retardation covers 3 km before its speed is reduced to half of its initial value. It
comes to rest in another distance of
(1) 1 km (2) 2 km
1
(3) 3 km (4) km
2
19. A ball is thrown vertically upward with a velocity u from the top of a tower. If it strikes the ground with velocity
3u, the time taken by the ball to reach the ground is
u 2u
(1) (2)
g g
3u 4u
(3) (4)
g g
1 2
20. The displacement of a body is given by s  gt , where g is acceleration due to gravity. The velocity of the
2
body at any time t is
gt 3 gt 2
(1) (2)
6 2
gt
(3) gt (4)
2
21. A ball is thrown vertically upwards from the top of a tower with a speed of 100 m/s. It strikes the pond near
the base of the tower after 25 second. The height of the tower is
(1) 500 m (2) 125 m
(3) 625 m (4) 425 m
22. A ball falls freely from rest. The ratio of the distances travelled in first, second, third and fourth second is
(1) 4 : 3 : 2 : 1 (2) 7 : 5 : 3 : 1
(3) 1 : 2 : 3 : 4 (4) 1 : 3 : 5 : 7
23. A ball is thrown vertically upward attains a maximum height of 45 m. The time after which velocity of the ball
become equal to half the velocity of projection? (use g = 10 m/s2)
(1) 2 s (2) 1.5 s
(3) 1 s (4) 0.5 s
24. A car travelling with a velocity of 80 km/h slowed down to 44 km/h in 15 s. The retardation is
(1) 0.67 m/s2 (2) 1 m/s2
(3) 1.25 m/s2 (4) 1.5 m/s2
25. A person driving a car with a speed 72 km/h, suddenly sees a boy crossing the road. If the distance moved
by car, before the person applies brakes is 5 m, the reaction time of the person is
(1) 0.5 s (2) 0.10 s
(3) 10 s (4) 0.25 s
RELATIVE VELOCITY
z When two objects A and B are moving with different velocities, then the velocity of one object A with respect
to another object B is called the relative velocity of object A w.r.t. object B.
Let xA(t) and xB(t) be the positions of A and B respectively at time t, then relative velocity of A w.r.t B is,
d
v AB  [ x A (t )  xB (t )]  v A  v B
dt
Similarly,
vBA = vB – vA
Example 5 : Two trains having lengths 120 m and 100 m are running in the opposite directions with velocities
40 km/h and 50 km/h. In what time they will completely cross each other?
Solution : Relative velocity of one train w.r.t. second = 40 – (– 50) = 90 km/h = 25 m s–1
Total distance travelled = 120 + 100 = 220 m
Distance 220
Time    8.8 s
Velocity 25
EXERCISE
26. Two cars are moving along a straight line in opposite direction with the same speed v. The relative velocity of
two cars w.r.t. each other is
(1) 2 v (2) v
v
(3) (4) Zero
2
27. Two objects A and B are moving with speeds vA and vB respectively in the same direction. The magnitude of relative
velocity of A w.r.t. B is
(1) vA – vB (2) vA + vB
(3) vB – vA (4) vA/vB
28. Two objects A and B are moving in opposite directions with speeds vA and vB respectively, the magnitude of
relative velocity of A w.r.t. B is
(1) vA – vB (2) vA + vB
(3) vA . vB (4) vA/vB
29. The relative velocity of two objects A and B is 10 m/s. If the velocity of object A is 40 m/s then the velocity
with which B is moving is (assume both objects are moving in same direction)
(1) 10 m/s (2) 40 m/s
(3) 30 m/s (4) 15 m/s
30. Two trains are moving in a straight line in the same direction with a speed of 80 km/h. The relative velocity of
one train w.r.t. other is
(1) 80 km/h (2) 40 km/h
(3) Zero (4) 160 km/h
31. Which of the following position-time graphs correctly represents two moving objects A and B with zero relative velocity?
(1) x (m) (2) x (m)
t (s) t (s)
(3) x (m) (4) x (m)
t (s) t (s)
32. A boat takes two hours to travel 8 km down and 8 km up the river when the water is still. How much time
will the boat take to make the same trip when the river starts flowing at 4 kmph?
(1) 2 hour (2) 2 hour 40 minute
(3) 3 hour (4) 3 hour 40 minute
33. On a foggy day, two drivers spot in front of each other when 80 metre apart. They were travelling at 70 kmph
and 60 kmph. Both apply brakes simultaneously which retard the cars at the rate of 5 [m/s2]. Which of the
following statements is correct ?
(1) The collision will be averted (2) The collision will take place
(3) They will cross each other (4) They will just collide
34. Two objects A and B are moving with velocities vA and vB respectively along positive x-axis. If vA < vB then,
which of the following position-time graphs is correctly showing the velocity of A and B?
A
B
B
x (m) x (m) A
(1) (2)
t (s) t (s)
B
B
x (m) A x (m)
(3) (4)
A
t (s) t (s)
35. A taxi leaves the station X for station Y every 10 minutes. Simultaneously, a taxi leaves the station Y also
for station X every 10 minutes. The taxis move at the same constant speed and go from X to Y or vice-versa
in 2 hours. How many taxis coming from the other side will each taxi meet enroute from Y to X ?
(1) 10 (2) 11
(3) 12 (4) 23

t
en
nm nment
sig ssig
As A Assignment
Assignment
5. The numerical ratio of displacement to the distance
SECTION - A
covered is always [NCERT Pg. 41]
NCERT Based MCQs
(1) < 1 (2) = 1
1. A car travels with speed 3 m s–1 for the first half
distance of the journey and with speed 6 m s–1 for (3)  1 (4)  1
the remaining half. What is the average speed of 6. A particle moves for 20 s with speed 6 m/s and
the entire journey? [NCERT Pg. 42] then speed 8 m/s for another 20 s and finally
(1) 6 m s–1 (2) 18 m s–1 moves with speed 10 m/s for next 20 s. What is
the average speed of the particle?
(3) 9 m s–1 (4) 4 m s–1
[NCERT Pg. 42]
2. A car travels from A to B at a speed of 40 km h–1
and returns back on the same track at a speed of (1) 6 m/s (2) 8 m/s
60 km h–1. Average velocity will be (3) 10 m/s (4) Zero
[NCERT Pg. 42] 7. The position of a body moving in a straight line is
(1) 60 km h–1 (2) Zero x = (2t2 + 2t + 9), where x is in metre and t is in
 dx 
(3) 48 km h–1 (4) 50 km h–1 second. The velocity v  v   of the body at
 dt 
3. A particle starts from rest and accelerates t = 1 s is [NCERT Pg. 43]
constantly with a m/s 2 for T second and then (1) 6 m/s (2) 8 m/s
retards uniformly with same rate till it comes to
rest. The position time (x-t) graph of the particle is (3) 4 m/s (4) 2 m/s
best represented by [NCERT Pg. 45] 8. The position of a particle moving along the y-axis
is given as y = 3t – t2, where y is in metre and
x x
t is in second. The time when the particle attains
maximum position in positive y direction will be
[NCERT Pg. 49]
(1) (2)
(1) 1.5 s (2) 4 s
t t (3) 2 s (4) 3 s
T 2T T 2T
9. The acceleration (a)-time (t) graph of a particle
x x moving in a straight line is as shown in figure. At
time t = 0, the velocity of particle is 10 m/s. What
is the velocity at t = 8 s? [NCERT Pg. 45]
t
(3) (4) T 2T 2
a (m/s )
t
T 2T 2
0
4. An athlete completes one round of a circular track t(s)
2 4 6 8
of radius R in 20 s with constant speed. What will –2
be his displacement at the end of 1 minute –4
10 second? [NCERT Pg. 40] –6
(1) Zero (2) 2R (1) 2 m/s (2) 4 m/s
(3) 2R (4) 7R (3) 10 m/s (4) 12 m/s
10. A body is falling from height h it takes 8 s to reach

SECTION - B
the ground. The time it takes to cover the first one
fourth of height is [NCERT Pg. 50] Objective Type Questions
(1) 4 s (2) 6 s 1. A particle is moving in a straight line such that its
(3) 2 s (4) 5 s displacement (X) is related to time (t) as
X = (3 – 4t + 5t 2)m. The correct velocity-time
3 (v-t) graph will be
2
11. Evaluation of t dt  x , then x will be equal to
v v
0
[NCERT Pg. 48]

(1) (2)
(1) Zero (2) 3
O t O t
(3) 9 (4) 27
12. The three initial and final position of a man on the v v
x-axis are given as [NCERT Pg. 40]
(i) (–4 m, 6 m) (3) (4)
(ii) (4 m, –3 m) O t O t
(iii) (–4 m, 2 m) 2. The velocity-time (v-t) graph for a particle in straight
line motion is given below.
Which pair gives the negative displacement?
v
(1) (i) (2) (ii)
(3) (iii) (4) (i) and (iii) O t
13. Which of the following is a one dimensional
motion? [NCERT Pg. 39]
The corresponding acceleration-time (a-t) graph will
(1) Landing of an aeroplane be
(2) Moon revolving around the earth a a
(3) Motion of wheels of moving car
(4) Train running on a straight track (1) O t (2) O t
14. A 300 m long train is moving with a uniform velocity

of 90 km/h. The time taken by the train to cross a a
another train of length 700 m moving with same
speed in opposite direction is [NCERT Pg. 51] (3) O t (4) O t
(1) 56 s
(2) 68 s 3. A particle is thrown vertically up with initial
(3) 20 s velocity of 60 m/s. The distance covered by the
particle in first two seconds of descent will be
(4) 92 s (take g = 10 m/s2)
15. When a car is stopped by applying brakes, it stops (1) 5 m (2) 15 m
after travelling a distance of 100 m. If speed of car (3) 20 m (4) 40 m
is halved and same retarding acceleration is applied
4. If the initial speed of a particle is u and its
then it stops after travelling a distance of
acceleration is given as a = At 3 , where A is
[NCERT Pg. 50] constant and t is time, then its final speed v will
be given as
(1) 25 m
(2) 50 m At 4
(1) u + At4 (2) u 
4
(3) 75 m
At 3
(4) 100 m (3) u + At3 (4) u 
3
5. A car moving with speed v on a straight track can 9. If velocity v of a particle moving on a straight line
be stopped in a distance x by applying brakes. If as a function of time t is given as v = 5 – t (m/s)
same car is moving with speed 2v and brakes then the distance covered by the particle in first
provide half the retardation then car will stop after 10 s is
travelling distance (1) 5 m (2) 15 m
x x (3) 25 m (4) 50 m
(1) (2)
4 2
10. The position-time (x-t) graph for a particle moving
x along x-axis is as shown. Average speed of the
(3) (4) 8x
8 particle between t = 0 to t = 8 s is
6. A ball is projected vertically upwards. Its speed at
half of maximum height is 30 m/s. Maximum height x(m)
attained by the ball is 10
(1) 60 m 5
(2) 40 m
(3) 30 m 0 2 4 6 8 t(s)
(4) 90 m
(1) Zero (2) 8 m/s
7. Two cars A and B are approaching each other
head-on with speeds 20 m/s and 10 m/s (3) 3.75 m/s (4) 4.25 m/s
respectively. When their separation is X then A and 11. Two trains each of length 150 m are moving in
B start braking at 4 m/s2 and 2m/s2 respectively. opposite direction at 36 km/hr and 72 km/hr
Minimum value of X to avoid collision is respectively. Time taken by them to just cross
(1) 60 m each other completely is
(2) 75 m (1) 4 s (2) 6 s
(3) 80 m (3) 8 s (4) 10 s
(4) 90 m 12. If the speed-position (v-x) relation of a particle
8. The acceleration-time (a-t) graph for a particle moving in a straight line is given as v2 = a – bx2
moving along x-axis is as shown in figure (where a and b are constants) then the
acceleration of the particle is proportional to
a (1) x4 (2) x
(3) x3 (4) x2
O t 13. A particle moves from x = +3 m to x = +6 m and
then to x = –2 m along x-axis. Total distance
covered and displacement are respectively
(1) –5 m, –5 m
The corresponding position-time (x-t) graph of the (2) 5 m, –5 m
particle may be represented by
(3) 11 m, 5 m
x x
(4) 11 m, –5 m
(1) (2)
O t O t (1) Average velocity is a vector quantity
x x (2) Average speed does not have direction
(3) Distance covered cannot be less than the
(3) (4) magnitude of displacement
O t O t (4) All of these
15. Galileo’s law of odd numbers reflects that a particle 22. A person takes T 1 second on the stationary
starting from rest with uniform acceleration covers escalator to cover some distance. The person
distance (in equal time intervals in straight line takes T2 second in the moving escalator to cover
motion) in the ratio same distance by same velocity. If person is at
rest on the escalator then time taken by him to
(1) 1 : 2 : 3 : 4 (2) 1 : 1 : 1 : 1
cover same distance is
(3) 1 : 2 : 4 : 8 (4) 1 : 3 : 5 : 7
T2 T1 T2 T1
16. If a particle is at rest then it (1) T  T (2)
2 1 T2  T1
(1) May be accelerated
T2 T1 T2  T1
(2) Must be accelerated (3) (4)
T1  T2 2
(3) May not be accelerated
23. Acceleration of a body is given by the equation
(4) Both (1) and (3) a = (4 – 3v) m/s2. Speed v is in m/s and t is in
second. If initial velocity is zero then terminal
17. A particle at rest, falls under gravity (g = 9.8 m/s2)
velocity of the body is
such that it travels 53.9 m in last second of its
journey. Total time of fall is
4 3
(1) 4 s (2) 5 s (1) m/s (2) m/s
3 4
(3) 6 s (4) 7 s (3) 4 m/s (4) Infinite
18. An object moves along x-axis such that its position
24. Two graphs between velocity and time of particles
varying with time t is given as x = 4t – t2 (x is in
A and B are given. The ratio of their acceleration
metre and time t in second). The distance travelled
by the object from t = 0 to t = 3 s is aA
aB is
(1) 3 m (2) 5 m
(3) 12 m (4) 21 m Velocity (m/s)
19. A body moving along straight line covers a distance A
in three equal parts with speed 2 m/s, 3 m/s and B
45°
4 m/s, then its average speed is
30°
13
(1) 12 m/s (2) m/s
12 Time (s)
O
36 12 3 1
(3) m/s (4) m/s (1) (2)
13 13 2 3
20. The velocity of a particle moving in positive x-axis 2
is according to relation v = 4 x . If at t = 0
(3) 3 (4)
3
particle is at x = 0, then the velocity and 25. Figure given below shows the graph of velocity v of
acceleration at t = 2s are given as particle moving along x-axis as a function of time t.
(1) 4 m/s, 4 m/s2 (2) 2 m/s, 2 m/s2 Average acceleration during t = 1 s to t = 7 s is
(3) 2 m/s, 4 m/s2 (4) 4 m/s, 2 m/s2
v (m/s)
21. A body moving with uniform acceleration is having
velocity 2 m/s and 8 m/s at t = 1 s and t = 4 s 30
respectively. Then average velocity of particle in the
time interval t = 1 s to t = 4 s is 20
(1) 2 m/s
0 t (s)
2 6 8
(2) 3 m/s
(3) 5/3 m/s (1) 1.5 m/s2 (2) 1 m/s2
(4) 5 m/s (3) 2 m/s2 (4) 2.5 m/s2
6. A stone falls freely under gravity. It covers distances
SECTION - C
h1, h 2 and h 3 in the first 5 seconds, the next
Previous Years Questions 5 seconds and the next 5 seconds respectively. The
1. A person travelling in a straight line moves with a relation between h1, h2 and h3 is [NEET-2013]
constant velocity v1 for certain distance ‘x’ and with h2 h3
a constant velocity v2 for next equal distance. The (1) h1  
3 5
average velocity v is given by the relation
(2) h2 = 3h1 and h3 = 3h2
[NEET-2019 (Odisha)]
(3) h1 = h2 = h3
1 1 1 2 1 1
(1) v  v  v (2) v  v  v (4) h1 = 2h2 = 3h3
1 2 1 2
7. The motion of a particle along a straight line is
v v1  v 2
(3)  (4) v  v 1 v 2 described by equation x = 8 + 12t – t3, where x is
2 2
in metre and t in second. The retardation of the
2. Preeti reached the metro station and found that the particle when its velocity becomes zero is
escalator was not working. She walked up the
stationary escalator in time t1. On other days, if
she remains stationary on the moving escalator, (1) 6 ms–2 (2) 12 ms–2
then the escalator takes her up in time t2. The time
(3) 24 ms–2 (4) Zero
taken by her to walk up on the moving escalator
will be [NEET-2017] 8. A boy standing at the top of a tower of 20 m height
drops a stone. Assuming g = 10 ms–2, the velocity
t1  t2 t1t2 with which it hits the ground is
(1) (2) t – t
2 2 1
t1t2
(3) t  t (4) t1 – t2 (1) 5.0 m/s (2) 10.0 m/s
2 1
(3) 20.0 m/s (4) 40.0 m/s
3. Two cars P and Q start from a point at the same
time in a straight line and their positions are 9. A particle covers half of its total distance with speed
represented by xP(t) = at + bt 2 and xQ(t) = ft – t 2. v1 and the rest half distance with speed v2. Its
At what time do the cars have the same velocity? average speed during the complete journey is
[NEET (Phase-2) 2016] [AIPMT (Mains)-2011]
af af v12v 22 v1  v 2

(1) (2) (1) (2)
1 b 2(b  1) v12  v 22 2
af f a v 1v 2 2v 1v 2
(3) (4)
2(1  b ) 2(1  b ) (3) v  v (4) v  v
1 2 1 2
4. If the velocity of a particle is v = At + Bt2, where
10. A ball is dropped from a high rise platform at t = 0
A and B are constants, then the distance travelled
starting from rest. After 6 seconds another ball is
by it between 1 s and 2 s is [NEET-2016]
thrown downwards from the same platform with a
A B 3 speed v. The two balls meet at t = 18 s. What is
(1)  (2) A  4B
2 3 2 the value of v ? (Take g = 10 m/s2)
3 7 [AIPMT (Prelims)-2010]
(3) 3A + 7B (4) A B
2 3 (1) 60 m/s (2) 75 m/s
5. A particle of unit mass undergoes one-dimensional (3) 55 m/s (4) 40 m/s
motion such that its velocity varies according to
v(x) = x–2n, where and n are constants and x is the 11. A particle moves a distance x in time t according
position of the particle. The acceleration of the particle to equation x = (t + 5)–1. The acceleration of particle
as a function of x, is given by [AIPMT-2015] is proportional to [AIPMT (Prelims)-2010]
(1) –2n2 e–4n + 1 (2) –2n2 x–2n – 1 (1) (Velocity)3/2 (2) (Distance)2
(3) –2n2 x–4n – 1 (4) –22 x–2n + 1 (3) (Distance)–2 (4) (Velocity)2/3
12. A bus is moving with a speed of 10 ms–1 on a 17. A particle moving along x-axis has acceleration f,
straight road. A scooterist wishes to overtake the  t 
bus in 100 s. If the bus is at a distance of 1 km at time t, given f  f0 1   , where f0 and T are
 T
from the scooterist, with what speed should the constants. The particle at t = 0 has zero velocity.
scooterist chase the bus? [AIPMT (Prelims)-2009] When f = 0, the particle’s velocity (vx) is
(1) 40 ms–1 (2) 25 ms–1 [AIPMT (Prelims)-2007]
(3) 10 ms–1 (4) 20 ms–1 1
(1) f0T (2) f0T
2
13. A particle starts its motion from rest under the action
1
of a constant force. If the distance covered in first (3) f0T 2 (4) f0T 2
10 seconds is S1 and that covered in the first 2
20 seconds is S2, then [AIPMT (Prelims)-2009] 18. A car moves from x to y with a uniform speed vu
and returns to y with a uniform speed vd. The
(1) S2 = 3S1 (2) S2 = 4S1
average speed for this round trip is
(3) S2 = S1 (4) S2 = 2S1 [AIPMT (Prelims)-2007]
14. A particle shows distance-time curve as given in this
figure. The maximum instantaneous velocity of the vu  vd 2v u v d
(1) (2) v  v
particle is around the point 2 d u
D vd  vu
Distance (S)
(3) vuvd (4) v  v

C d u
19. The position x of a particle with respect to time t

A B along x-axis is given by x = 9t2 – t3, where x is in
Time (t) metres and t in second. What will be the position
of this particle when it achieves maximum speed
[AIPMT (Prelims)-2008] along the positive x-direction?
(1) A (2) B [AIPMT (Prelims)-2007]
(3) C (4) D (1) 24 m (2) 32 m
15. A particle moves in a straight line with a constant (3) 54 m (4) 81 m
acceleration. It changes its velocity from 10 ms–1
20. A particle moves along a straight line OX. At a time
to 20 ms –1 while passing through a distance
t (in seconds) the distance x (in metres) of the
135 m in t second. The value of t is
particle from O is given by x = 40 + 12t – t3. How
[AIPMT (Prelims)-2008] long would the particle travel before coming to rest?
(1) 9 [AIPMT (Prelims)-2006]
(2) 10 (1) 24 m (2) 40 m
(3) 1.8 (3) 56 m (4) 16 m
(4) 12 21. Two bodies, A (of mass 1 kg) and B (of mass 3 kg)
16. The distance travelled by a particle starting from rest are dropped from heights of 16 m and 25 m,
respectively. The ratio of the time taken by them to
4 reach the ground is [AIPMT (Prelims)-2006]
and moving with an acceleration ms–2 in the third
3
5
second is [AIPMT (Prelims)-2008] (1)
4
19 12
(1) m
3 (2)
5
(2) 6 m
5
(3) 4 m (3)
12
10 4
(4) m (4)
3 5
22. The displacement x of a particle varies with time t 26. The displacement-time graph of a moving particle
as x = ae–t + bet, where a, b,  and  are positive is shown below. The instantaneous velocity of the
constants. The velocity of the particle will particle is negative at the point
Displacement
(1) Go on decreasing with time
D
(2) Be independent of  and 
C E F
(3) Drop to zero when  = 
(4) Go on increasing with time Time
23. A ball is thrown vertically upward. It has a speed of
10 m/s when it has reached one half of its maximum (1) E
height. How high does the ball rise? (Taking (2) F
g = 10 m/s2) [AIPMT (Prelims)-2005]
(3) C
(1) 15 m
(4) D
(2) 10 m
27. Two bodies A (of mass 1 kg) and B (of mass
(3) 20 m 3 kg) are dropped from heights of 16 m and 25 m,
(4) 5 m respectively. The ratio of the time taken by them
to reach the ground is
4
24. The displacement 'x' (in meter) of a particle of mass (1)
5
'm' (in kg) moving in one dimension under the action
5
of a force, is related to time 't' (in sec) by t  x  3 . (2)
4
The displacement of the particle when its velocity is
zero, will be 12
(3)
5
(1) 2 m
5
(2) 4 m (4)
12
(3) 0 m (zero) 28. A particle moving along x-axis has acceleration f
(4) 6 m  t 
at time t given by f  f0 1   , where f0 and T
25. The speed-time graph of a particle moving along a  T
solid curve is shown below. The distance traversed are constants. The particle at t = 0 has zero
by the particle from t = 0 to t = 3 is velocity. In the time interval between t = 0 and the
instant when f = 0, the particle’s velocity (vx) is
2
1
Speed (ms )
f0T 2
–1
1.5 (1)
2
(2) f0T2
1
(3) f0T
2
0 2 3
(4) f0T
Time (second)
29. A ball is dropped from a high rise platform at
9
(1) m t = 0 starting from rest. After 6 seconds another
2 ball is thrown downwards from the same platform
9 with a speed v. The two balls meet at t = 18 s.
(2) m What is the value of v? (Take g = 10 m/s2)
4
(1) 60 m/s
10
(3) m (2) 75 m/s
3
(3) 55 m/s
10
(4) m (4) 40 m/s
5
30. The velocity of train increases uniformly from 35. If a car at rest accelerates uniformly to a speed of
20 km/h to 60 km/h in 4 hour. The distance 144 km/h in 20 s, it covers a distance of
travelled by the train during this period is
(1) 1440 cm (2) 2980 cm
(1) 160 km
(3) 20 m (4) 400 m
(2) 180 km
36. The position x of a particle varies with time, (t) as
(3) 100 km
x = at2 – bt3. The acceleration will be zero at
(4) 120 km time t equal to
31. A particle moves along a straight line such
that its displacement at any time t is given by a
(1) (2) Zero
s = (t3 – 6t2 – 3t + 4) metres. The velocity when 3b
the acceleration is zero is
(1) 3 m/s 2a a
(3) (4)
(2) 42 m/s 3b b
(3) –9 m/s 37. Motion of a particle is given by equation

(4) –15 m/s s = (3t3 + 7t2 + 14t + 8) m
32. A car accelerates from rest at a constant rate  The value of acceleration of the particle at t = 1 s is
for some time after which it decelerates at a (1) 10 m/s2 (2) 32 m/s2
constant rate  and comes to rest. If total time
(3) 23 m/s2 (4) 16 m/s2
elapsed is t, then maximum velocity acquired by
car will be 38. If a ball is thrown vertically upwards with speed u,
the distance covered during the last t seconds of
( 2 –  2 ) t its ascent is
(1)

1 2
(1) ut (2) gt
( 2   2 ) t 2
(2)
 1 2
(3) ut  gt (4) (u + gt)t
(   ) t 2
(3)

SECTION - D
t
(4)
 NEET Booster Questions
1. A particle starts from rest with constant
33. The water drops fall at regular intervals from a tap
5 m above the ground. The third drop is leaving acceleration and its velocity after t second is v.
the tap at instant the first drop touches the The displacement of the particle in last two second
ground. How far above the ground is the second of its motion is equal to
drop at that instant? (Take g = 10 ms–2) v 2v
(1)  t – 1 (2)  t  1
(1) 3.75 m t t
(2) 4. 00 m
2v 2v
(3) 1.25 m (3)  t – 1 (4) t – 2
t t
(4) 2.50 m
2. A passenger takes 2 minutes standing on a
34. The acceleration of a particle is increasing linearly moving escalator to reach the top. If escalator is
with time t as bt. The particle starts from origin
stationary he takes 3 minutes to walk up. Time
with an initial velocity v0. The distance travelled by
taken to reach the top when he walk up on moving
the particle in time t will be
escalator
1 2 1 2
(1) v 0 t  bt (2) v 0 t  bt (1) 2.4 minutes
3 2
(2) 5 minutes
1 3 1 3
(3) v 0 t  bt (4) v 0 t  bt (3) 1 minute
6 3
(4) 1.2 minutes
3. A ball is projected vertically upwards from the 8. Acceleration-time graph of a particle is shown in
ground. It takes 4 s to reach a point P still moving the diagram, if particle starts with velocity
upwards. If it takes 10 s further to reach to ground, u = 2.4 m/s, then its velocity at t = 8 s is
then height of point P is a (m/s2)
(1) 180 m (2) 200 m
0.6
(3) 400 m (4) 480 m
4. A boy is throwing balls vertically upwards, such that 0.4
next ball is thrown when previous one is at
maximum height i.e. 5 m. The number of balls t (s)
2 4 8
thrown per minute is
(1) 20 (2) 45 (1) 4.2 m/s (2) 5.2 m/s
(3) 55 (4) 60 (3) 6.2 m/s (4) 7.2 m/s
5. A ball is allowed to fall from top of a building. If t1 is 9. A boy is standing on a plank which is accelerating
vertically upwards with constant acceleration. If boy
1
time taken to fall first th of its height and t2 is time throws a ball vertically up with velocity v0 relative
4 to plank and its time of flight is T, the acceleration
1 of the plank, is
taken to fall last th of its height then,
4
2v 0  gT v 0  gT
t2/t1 is (1) a  (2) a 
T T
32 3 2
(1) (2)
1 1 v 0  gT 2v 0  gT
(3) (4)
T T
23 2 3
(3) (4)
1 1 10. Two balls are thrown vertically upwards
6. A particle is moving along a straight line such that simultaneously with different speeds. The variation
its velocity varies with position as shown in figure, of their relative separation (Y) with time is best
then the acceleration of the particle at x = 10 m is represented by (Assume no rebouncing after hitting
ground)
v (m/s)
Y Y
(1) (2)
20
x (m)
15 t t
(1) –4.6 m/s2

Y Y
(2) –6.8 m/s2 (3) (4)
(3) –8.9 m/s2

(4) –10.6 m/s2
t t
7. A ball is thrown vertically upwards from ground,
3 11. A ball is allowed to fall from rest from height h. If
when it is at th of its maximum height its speed
4
9
is 20 m/s. The speed of throw is it travels th of total height in last second of its
25
(1) 15 m/s fall then ball will hit ground with speed
(2) 25 m/s (g = 10 m/s2)
(3) 35 m/s (1) 30 m/s (2) 35 m/s
(4) 40 m/s (3) 45 m/s (4) 50 m/s
12. A ball is thrown vertically upwards with speed u. 16. Choose the correct statement.
If it experiences a constant air resistance force of
(1) In a straight line motion, a particle can
magnitude f, then the speed with which ball strikes
increase its velocity with decreasing
the ground, (weight of ball is w) is
acceleration
1/2 1/2
w  f   (w  f )
(1) v  u  (2) v  u  (2) In a straight line motion, acceleration can revert
 w  f   (w  f ) its direction without its velocity reverting its
1/2 1/2 direction
 2(w  f )  (w  f ) 
(3) v  u  (4) v  u 
 (w  f )   2(w  f ) (3) A body at rest may be accelerated
13. A bus starts moving from rest with constant (4) All of these
acceleration of 1 m/s 2. A man standing 48 m 17. The position-time (x - t) graph for a body thrown
behind the bus starts running towards bus vertically upwards from ground is best shown by
simultaneously with speed 10 m/s. The man can
catch the bus x x
(1) Only once at t = 8 s

(2) Only once at t = 10 s
(1) (2)
(3) Twice at t = 8 s and t = 12 s
(4) Twice at t1 = 6 s and t2 = 12 s t t
14. Select incorrect statement(s).

x x
(1) Zero acceleration of a particle does not
necessarily mean that its velocity is zero
(2) Negative acceleration of a particle does not (3) (4)
necessarily mean that speed of particle is
decreasing t t
(3) Zero velocity of a particle does not necessarily
18. Water drops are falling down at regular time
mean that its acceleration is zero
intervals from ceiling such that when 1st drop is
(4) If speed of a particle is constant, its about to hit the ground the nth drop is starting from
acceleration must be zero the ceiling as shown. If H1 is vertical distance
between the ceiling and the ground then the
15. For which time interval, average acceleration of a
distance of r th drop from the ceiling is given by
particle is zero, whose velocity-time graph is given
below?
Ceiling
n
th
v (m/s)
20
15
H1
rth
10 2nd
1st
t (s)
Surface
t1 t2 t3 t4
(n  r )H1 (n  r )2 H1
(1) [t1, t2] (1) (2)
(n  1) (n  1)2
(2) [t2, t3]
(3) [t1, t3] rH1 r 2H1
(3) (4)
(4) [t3, t4] n n2
19. A particle is dropped from rest and another particle 23. A car starts from rest with acceleration  and then
is thrown downward simultaneously with initial retards to rest with retardation  on a straight line,
speed u, then such that total time of journey is T. The distance
covered by the car during this journey is
(1) Time after which their separation becomes h,
h T  T 2
is (1) (2)
u  2(  )
(2) Their relative velocity is always u

T  T 2
(3) Their relative acceleration is always zero (3) (4)
2(  ) (   )
(4) All of these
24. A body thrown vertically upward reaches its
20. If a body is projected upward from certain height h maximum height in time T. The body is at a
with initial velocity u, then its speed at the ground height h (which is less than maximum height) at
level is two instants of time t1 and t2. Hence, product t1.t2
(1) u is given by
(2) u  2gh h 2h
(1) (2)
g g
(3) u 2  2gh
(4) u + 2gh 4h h
(3) (4)
21. A body starts with initial speed u and moves in a g 2g
straight line with constant acceleration. It has
speed v after covering a distance 2S. Its speed 25. A body moves along x-axis with its position as a
just after covering distance S is function of time t given as x = 3t2 – 4t. Considering
all SI units, the acceleration of the particle at
u v t = 2 s is
(1)
2
(1) 2 m/s2 (2) 4 m/s2
(2) uv (3) 6 m/s2 (4) 8 m/s2
(3) u2  v 2 26. A particle is thrown vertically up with initial speed

30 m/s. Taking acceleration due to gravity as
u2  v 2 10 m/s2, the total time of flight of the particle is
(4)
2 (1) 8 s (2) 6 s
22. The velocity time (v-t) graph for a body thrown (3) 4 s (4) 2 s
vertically upward (which eventually comes down)
considering constant air friction acting on it is best 27. The velocity of a particle moving along x-axis is
shown by given as v = 3x. Acceleration of the particle at
x = 2 m is (all quantities have SI units)
(1) v (2) v
(1) 6 m/s2 (2) 12 m/s2
(3) 18 m/s2 (4) 24 m/s2
28. A car travels half of the length of straight line
motion with a speed of 60 km/h. The remaining
t t part of the distance is covered with speed
(3) v (4) v 40 km/h for half of the time of remaining journey
and with speed 20 km/h for the other half of the
time. The average speed of the car for the entire
t journey is
(1) 30 km/h (2) 40 km/h
t (3) 48 km/h (4) 45 km/h
29. A particle falling from rest under gravity covers a 34. A particle is thrown vertically up with speed u so
height H in 5 seconds. If it continues falling then that distance covered in last second of flight is
next distance H will be covered in approximately 35 m. If g = 10 m/s2 then initial speed of throw is
(1) 2 s (2) 3 s (1) 20 m/s (2) 30 m/s
(3) 4 s (4) 5 s (3) 40 m/s (4) 50 m/s
30. The acceleration ‘a’ of a particle moving along 35. The acceleration of a particle as a function of time
x-axis is given as a = 2x. Assume all SI units. The t is given as a = k.t 5/2. If initial speed of the
velocity-position (v-x) graph is best represented by particle (at t = 0) is u then its velocity v as a
function of time t is given as
(1) v (2) v
2 5/2
(1) v  u  kt
5
2 7/2
(2) v  u  kt
7
(3) v = u + kt5/2
x x
(4) v = u + kt7/2
(3) v (4) v 36. A balloon is rising vertically up at constant speed
10 m/s. A stone is dropped from it when the
balloon is at a height of 40 m. Total distance
covered by the stone before reaching the ground is
(take g = 10 m/s2)
x x (1) 40 m
31. A vehicle moving with speed 30 km/h on a straight (2) 45 m
road can be stopped in 6 m distance by applying (3) 50 m
brakes. If same vehicle is moving with 60 km/h and
brakes provide double retardation then vehicle will (4) 60 m
stop after travelling 37. The position-time (x-t) graph of a particle moving
(1) 6 m (2) 12 m along x-axis is shown. Average speed of the
particle in time interval t = 0 to t = 20 s is
(3) 18 m (4) 24 m
x (m)
32. Figure shows the velocity of a particle moving on
x-axis as a function of time t. How many times the 20
acceleration of the particle becomes zero?
v 10
0 4 8 10 12 16 20 t (s)
0 10 20 30 40 50 t (s) (1) Zero (2) 1 m/s
(3) 2 m/s (4) 4 m/s
(1) 2 (2) 3 38. If average velocity of particle moving on a straight
(3) 4 (4) Never line is zero in a time interval, then
33. The position of a body moving along x-axis as a (1) Acceleration of particle may be zero
function of time t is given as x = t2 – 2t metre. The (2) Velocity of particle must be zero at an instant
distance travelled by the body in first two seconds
(3) Velocity of particle may be never zero in the
is
interval
(1) Zero (2) 1 m
(4) Average speed of particle may be zero in the
(3) 2 m (4) 4 m interval
39. A particle travels half of the distance of a straight 45. A car moving with speed v on a straight road can
journey with a speed 6 m/s. The remaining part of be stopped within distance d on applying brakes.
the distance is covered with speed 2 m/s for half of If same car is moving with speed 3v and brakes
the time of remaining journey and with speed 4 m/s provide half retardation, then car will stop after
for the other half of time. The average speed of the travelling distance
particle is (1) 6d (2) 3d
(1) 3 m/s (2) 4 m/s (3) 9d (4) 18d
(3) 3/4 m/s (4) 5 m/s 46. The relation between position (x) and time (t) are
given below for a particle moving along a straight
40. If magnitude of average speed and average velocity
line. Which of the following equation represents
over an interval of time are same, then
uniformly accelerated motion? [where  and  are
(1) Particle must move with zero acceleration positive constants]
(2) Particle must move with uniform acceleration (1) x  t   (2) x    t
(3) Particle must be at rest
(3) xt   (4) t    x
(4) Particle must move in a straight line without
turning back 47. A ball is dropped from an elevator moving upward
with acceleration ‘a’ by a boy standing in it. The
41. The initial velocity of a particle moving along x-axis
acceleration of ball with respect to [Take upward
is u (at t = 0 and x = 0) and its acceleration a is direction positive]
given by a = kx. Which of the following equation is
correct between its velocity (v) and position (x)? (1) Boy is – g (2) Boy is – (g + a)
(1) v2 – u2 = 2kx (2) v2 = u2 + 2kx2 (3) Ground is – g (4) Both (2) & (3)
(3) v2 = u2 + kx2 (4) v2 + u2 = 2kx 48. A ball is thrown upward with speed 10 m/s from the
top of the tower reaches the ground with a speed
42. The velocity v of a body moving along a straight line 20 m/s. The height of the tower is [Take g = 10 m/s2]
varies with time t as v = 2t2 e–t, where v is in
(1) 10 m (2) 15 m
m/s and t is in second. The acceleration of body
is zero at t = (3) 20 m (4) 25 m
(1) 0 49. A ball dropped from the top of tower falls first half
height of tower in 10 s. The total time spent by ball
(2) 2 s
in air is [Take g = 10 m/s2]
(3) 3 s
(1) 14.14 s (2) 15.25 s
(4) Both (1) & (2)
(3) 12.36 s (4) 17.36 s
43. The velocity of a body depends on time according to
50. An object thrown vertically up from the ground
t2 passes the height 5 m twice in an interval of 10 s.
the equation v   20 . The body is undergoing What is its time of flight?
10
(1) Uniform acceleration (1) 28 s
(2) Uniform retardation (2) 86 s
(3) Non-uniform acceleration
(3) 104 s
(4) Zero acceleration
44. A body starts from origin and moves along x-axis (4) 72 s
so that its position at any instant is x = 4t2 – 12t 51. A ball is projected vertically upwards. Its speed at
where t is in second and v in m/s. What is the half of maximum height is 20 m/s. The maximum
acceleration of particle? height attained by it is [Take g = 10 ms2]
(1) 4 m/s2 (1) 35 m
(2) 8 m/s2 (2) 15 m
(3) 24 m/s2 (3) 25 m
(4) 0 m/s2 (4) 40 m
52. A particle starts with initial speed u and retardation a 58. The velocity v of a particle moving along x-axis
to come to rest in time T. The time taken to cover
varies with its position (x) as v   x ; where  is
first half of the total path travelled is
a constant. Which of the following graph
represents the variation of its acceleration (a) with
T  1 
(1) (2) T 1   time (t)?
2  2
(1) a (2) a
T 3T
(3) (4)
2 4
53. A body thrown vertically up with initial velocity
t t
52 m/s from the ground passes twice a point at h O O
height above at an interval of 10 s. The height h is
(g = 10 m/s2) (3) a (4) a
(1) 22 m (2) 10.2 m
(3) 11.2 m (4) 15 m
54. When a particle is thrown vertically upwards, its t
t
velocity at one third of its maximum height is O O
10 2 m/s. The maximum height attained by it is 59. The velocity (v) of a particle moving along x-axis
varies with its position x as shown in figure. The
(1) 20 2 m (2) 30 m acceleration (a) of particle varies with position (x) as
(3) 15 m (4) 12.8 m v (m/s)
55. A body is dropped from a height H. The time taken to
4
cover second half of the journey is
2H H
(1) 2 (2)
g g x (m)
0 2
(3)
H
g
 2  1 (4)
2H
g

1
( 2  1)
(1) a2 = x + 3
(3) 2a = 3x + 5
(2) a = 2x2 + 4
(4) a = 4x – 8
56. A stone dropped from the top of a tower is found to 60. The velocity (v)-time (t) graph for a particle moving
along x-axis is shown in the figure. The corresponding
5 position (x)- time (t) is best represented by
travel   of the height of the tower during the last
9
v
second of its fall. The time of fall is
(1) 2 s (2) 3 s
O t
(3) 4 s (4) 5 s
57. A stone thrown upward with a speed u from the top
of a tower reaches the ground with a velocity 4u. The
x x
height of the tower is (1) (2)
15u 2
(1)
2g
t t
O O
7u 2
(2) x x
2g (3) (4)
16u 2
(3)
g
(4) Zero t t
O O
61. The speed-time graph for a body moving along a 64. The acceleration-time graph for a particle moving
straight line is shown in figure. The average along x-axis is shown in figure. If the initial velocity
acceleration of body may be of particle is –5 m/s, the velocity at t = 8 s is
speed (m/s) a (m/s )

2
10
20
8
t (s)
2 4 6
–10
t(s)
0 5 10
(1) +15 m/s
(1) 0 (2) 4 m/s2 (2) +20 m/s
(3) – 4 m/s2 (4) All of these
(3) –15 m/s
62. The acceleration (a)-time (t) graph for a particle
(4) –20 m/s
moving along a straight starting from rest is shown
in figure. Which of the following graph is the best 65. A body falling from a vertical height of 10 m pierces
representation of variation of its velocity (v) with through a distance of 1 m in sand. It faces an average
time (t)? retardation in sand equal to (g = acceleration due to
gravity)
a
T 10 m
O t 1m
v v
(1) (2)
(1) g
(2) 9g
t t
O T O T
(3) 100g
v v (4) 1000g
(3) (4)
66. The displacement (x) - time (t) graph of a particle is
O t O t shown in figure. Which of the following is correct?
T T
x
63. Which of the following speed-time (v - t) graphs is
physically not possible?
v v O t
(1) (2) (1) Particle starts with zero velocity and variable
t acceleration
t
(2) Particle starts with non-zero velocity and variable
v acceleration
(3) Particle starts with zero velocity and uniform
(3) (4) All of these acceleration
t (4) Particle starts with non-zero velocity and uniform
acceleration
67. Position-time graph of a particle moving along 68. A body is dropped from a certain height h (h is very
straight line is shown which is in the form of large) and second body is thrown downward with
semi-circle starting from t = 2 s to t = 8 s. Select velocity of 5 m/s simultaneously. What will be
the correct statement. difference in heights of the two bodies after 3 s?
(1) 5 m (2) 10 m
x(m)
(3) 15 m (4) 20 m
69. Two bodies starts moving from same point along a
straight line with velocities v 1 = 6 m/s and
t(s) v2 = 10 m/s, simultaneously. After what time, their
(0, 0) 2 5 8
separation becomes 40 m?
(1) Velocity of particle between t = 0 to t = 2 s is (1) 6 s (2) 8 s
positive (3) 12 s (4) 10 s
(2) Velocity of particle is opposite to acceleration 70. Ball A is thrown up vertically with speed 10 m/s. At
between t = 2 to t = 5 s the same instant, another ball B is released from
(3) Velocity of particle is opposite to acceleration rest at height h. At time t, the speed of A relative to B
between t = 5 to t = 8 s is
(4) Acceleration of particle is positive between (1) 10 m/s (2) 10 – 2gt
t 1 = 2 s to t 2 = 5 s while it is negative
between t1 = 5 s to t2 = 8 s (3) 10 2  2gh (4) 10 – gt

Chapter 5
Laws of Motion
Chapter Contents
z Force FORCE
z Linear Momentum Force is a action of one body upon another. The force may either
produce deformation (change in the size or shape of bodies) or
z Newton’s Laws of Motion acceleration, in the motion of body.
It is a vector quantity with unit newton (N).
z Law of conservation of
Linear Momentum z Types of Forces
(i) Weight : Weight of a body is the force with which earth
z Rocket Propulsion attracts it. It is also defined as force of gravity.
z Frame of Reference (ii) Contact forces : Whenever two bodies come in contact they
exert forces on each other, that are called contact forces.
z Equilibrium of a Particle Contact force has two component.
(a) Normal reaction (N or R) : It is the component of
z Application of Newton’s contact force normal to the surface. It measures how
Laws of Motion strongly the surfaces in contact are pressed together.
z Friction (b) Frictional force (f ) : It is the component of contact force
parallel to the surface. It opposes the relative motion (or
z Circular Motion attempted motion) of the two surfaces in contact.
(iii) Tension : The force exerted by the end of a taut string, rope
z Banking of Roads
or chain is called the tension. The direction of tension is
always pulling in nature.
(iv) Spring force : Every spring resists any attempt to change its
length, the more you change its length the harder it resists.

The force exerted by a spring is given by F  kx, where x is
the change in length and k is spring constant or stiffness
constant (units N/m).

LINEAR MOMENTUM (P )
It is the measure of total quantity of motion contained in body.
The momentum of a body is given by product of mass and velocity of body.

P  mv

z It is a vector quantity. The direction of P is in the direction of v .
112 Laws of Motion NEET
NEWTON’S LAWS OF MOTION

z Newton’s First Law
It states that a body continues to be in its state of rest or of uniform motion until and unless it is acted
upon by some external force to change the state

If F  0,  v  Constant,  a  0
(i) This law defines force.
(ii) The body opposes any external change in its state of rest or of uniform motion
z Mass is the measure of inertia. Heavier the body, larger is its inertia.
Inertia is of three types
(1) Inertia of rest
(2) Inertia of motion
(3) Inertia of direction
z Newton’s Second Law
The rate of change of linear momentum of a body, is directly proportional to the applied external force on the
body.

dP
F from experiments K = 1
dt

dP
F F = Resultant external force.
dt
Direction of force is in the direction of change of momentum.

dP d
z F  (mv )
dt dt
dm
dv
F v m
dt dt

dv
Case 1: If v  constant, 0
dt
dm
F v 
dt
dm
Case 2: If m = constant, 0
dt

F  ma

F  Resultant external force in the direction of acceleration
z Fx iˆ  Fy jˆ  Fz kˆ  max iˆ  may ˆj  maz kˆ
z External force acting on a body may accelerate in following ways.

(i) If force is parallel or antiparallel to motion: It change magnitude of v , and the path followed
by body is a straight line.

(ii) If force is acting  to the motion of body, it change the direction of v , not the magnitude of velocity,
and path followed by body is circle (UCM).
(iii) If the force at an angle to motion of body, it change both magnitude and direction of velocity. And
path followed by body may be elliptical, parabolic, hyperbolic or non uniform circular motion.
NEET Laws of Motion 113
z Newton’s Third Law
To every action force there is an equal and opposite reaction force.

F12  F21
z Action and reaction force acts on different bodies.
z Any one of the force can be assumed as action and other as reaction.

z Impulse (I )
Impulse is defined as the product of force and the time for which that force acts

(i) If force is constant I  F t

(ii) If force is variable I   F dt
(iii) Impulse is measured by change in momentum produced in the body

I  P  mv  mu
(iv) Area under (F – t) graph gives the magnitude of impulse.

Example 1 : A force F  (2tiˆ  3t 2 jˆ) N acts on an object moving in xy plane. Find magnitude of change in
momentum of the object in time interval t = 0 to t = 2 s.
Solution : Given,

F  2tiˆ  3t 2 jˆ

dp
  2tiˆ  3t 2 jˆ
dt

 dp  2tdtiˆ  3t 2dtjˆ
2 2 2
  dp  20 tdtiˆ  30 t dtjˆ
2 2
 p  t 2  iˆ  t 3  ˆj
0 0

 p  4iˆ  8 ˆj

 p  16  64
 80
 9 kg m/s
Example 2 : A ball of mass m strikes a rigid wall with speed v and gets reflected without any loss of speed,
as shown in the figure.
v
30°
30°
v
(a) What is the magnitude of the impulse imparted to the ball by the wall?
(b) What is the direction of the force on the wall due to the ball?
Solution : Considering x-axis and y-axis as shown,

(a) pi  mv sin30iˆ  mv cos30 ˆj

pf  mv sin30iˆ  mv cos30 jˆ

 p  pf  pi
 2mv sin30iˆ  mviˆ

| p |  mv
(b) Negative sign of the impulse shows that it is along negative x-direction. Since impulse and
force are in the same direction, the force on the ball is along the negative direction of x-axis.
Hence the force on the wall will be along positive x-axis.
LAW OF CONSERVATION OF LINEAR MOMENTUM
If net external force on a system is zero, then linear momentum of system remains constant or linear
momentum of an isolated system remains constant

dP
Fext 
dt

dP
If Fext  0, 0
dt

or P = constant or Pi  Pf
z Law of conservation of linear momentum is applicable in the direction in which external force
is zero i.e.

dPx
If Fx  0,  0 then Px  Constant
dt

dPy
If Fy  0,  0 then Py  Constant
dt

dPz
If Fz  0,  0 then Pz  Constant
dt
z Area under (F – t) graph represent impulse or change in momentum
F
Area (1) = I or P = Positive
1
t
Area (2) = I or P = Negative
2

P
z Since Fav 
t
Therefore, for a certain momentum change as time interval increases, then the average force exerted on body
decreases.
Example 3 : Two objects each of mass 5 kg are moving in the same straight line but in the opposite directions
towards each other with same speed of 3 m/s. They stick to each other after collision. What will
be the velocity of the combined object after collision?
Solution : Before collision, m1 m2
m1 = m2 = 5 kg u1 u2
u1 = 3 m/s
u2 = –3 m/s
At collision, m1 m2
After collision, m1 m2 v
Let the velocity of the combined object be v.

Total momentum before collision is
m1u1 + m2u2 = 5 × 3 + 5 × (–3) = 0
Total momentum of the system after collision is
m1v + m2v = (m1 + m2)v = (5 + 5)v = 10v
According to the conservation of momentum,
Momentum before collision = Momentum after collision
 0 = 10v
 v=0
Hence, the velocity of the combined object after collision is zero.
Other Applications :
(a) A machine gun fires n bullet per second with speed u and mass of each bullet is m.
Force required on gun to keep it stationary
F = nmv
(b) Bullets hit a wall
m
(i) Bullets come to rest in wall
v
Force on wall Fwall = nmv
(ii) Bullets rebound elastically
Fwall = 2nmv
(c) Liquid jet of area A, speed v hits a wall
A v
(i) Force required to move the liquid with speed v
dm
F v = v × Av = Av2
dt
(ii) Power delivered P = F.v = av3  P  v3
(iii) Jet hits a vertical wall and water does not rebound, force exerted on the wall, Fwall = Av2
(iv) Water strikes normal to wall and rebounds elastically, Fwall = 2Av2
(v) If water strikes at an angle  with normal to wall and elastically rebound Fwall = 2Av2 cos
Liquid jet
v v
 
wall
ROCKET PROPULSION
(i) It is an example of variable mass system
(ii) It is based on the principle of conservation of linear momentum (If effect of gravity neglected) or Newton’s
third law.
(iii) If ur is the velocity of emerging gases relative to rocket and dm/dt is the rate of fuel consumption.
dm
z Thrust on rocket | F |  ur
dt
dm
z Net force on rocket = ur  mg
dt
ur dm
z Net acceleration of rocket a  g
m dt
dm
where m  m0  t, m0 = Initial mass
dt
m 
z Velocity of rocket at any instant v  ur loge  0  (when initial velocity is zero)
 m 
Example 4 : A 800 kg rocket is fired from earth so that exhaust speed is 1200 m/s. Then calculate mass of
fuel burning per second, to provide initial thrust to overcome its weight. (g = 10 m/s2).
dm
Solution : | F |  Ur  mg
dt
dm
800  10  1200 
dt
dm 80 40 20
    6.67 kg/sec.
dt 12 6 3
EXERCISE
1. The concept of inertia is explained in
(1) Newton’s first law (2) Newton’s second law
(3) Newton’s third law (4) All of these
2. Inertia of a body has direct dependence on
(1) Impulse (2) Momentum
(3) Mass (4) Area
3. According to Newton’s 2nd law of motion correct equation is (where symbols have their usual meanings)
dp
(1) F  (2) F  ma
dt
dm
(3) F v (4) All of these
dt
4. A body of mass 6 kg is acted on by a force so that its velocity changes from 3 m/s to 5 m/s, then change in
momentum is
(1) 48 Ns (2) 24 Ns
(3) 30 Ns (4) 12 Ns
5. The momentum p (in kg m/s) of a particle is varying with time t (in s) as p = 2 + 3t2. The force acting on the particle
at t = 3 s will be
(1) 18 N (2) 54 N
(3) 9N (4) 15 N
6. A body is acted upon by balanced forces
(1) If it is in rest only (2) If it is moving with constant speed
(3) If even number of forces are acting on it (4) If it is not accelerating
7. Impulse on a body is equal to
(1) Change in momentum (2) Force × time interval
(3) Force × speed (4) Both (1) & (2)
8. A ball of mass m is moving towards a player with velocity v. If player stopped it, then impulse applied by the
player is
(1) – mv (2)  mv
(3) – 2 mv (4)  2 mv
9. A body of mass m is projected with initial speed u at an angle  with the horizontal. The change in momentum of
body after time t is
(1) mu sin (2) 2mu sin
(3) mgt (4) Zero
10. Working of rocket is based on
(1) Newton’s first law of motion (2) Newton’s second law of motion
(3) Newton’s third law of motion (4) Both (1) & (2)
11. A ball is moving with speed 20 m/s collides with a smooth surface as shown in figure. The magnitude of change in
velocity of the ball will be
v = 20 m/s
v = 20 m/s
30° 30°
(Smooth horizontal surface)
(1) 10 3 m/s (2) 20 3 m/s
40
(3) m/s (4) 40 m/s
3
12. If impulse I varies with time t as I(kg ms–1) = 20t2 – 40t. The change in momentum is minimum at
(1) t=2s (2) t=1s
1 3
(3) t s (4) t s
2 2
13. A machine gun fires n bullets per second with speed u, and mass of each bullet is m. If bullets hit a wall and
rebounds with same speed, then force acting on the wall is
(1) nmu (2) 2nmu
nmu
(3) 4nmu (4)
2
14. An initially stationary device lying on a frictionless floor explodes into two pieces and slides across the floor one
piece is moving in positive x direction then other piece is moving in
(1) Positive y direction (2) Negative y direction
(3) Negative x direction (4) At angle from x direction
15. If final momentum is equal to initial momentum of the system then
(1) No net force on the system (2) Always net force on the system
(3) May be net force on the system (4) Both (1) & (2)
16. A ball is moving towards the wall as shown in diagram then its momentum is conserved
v m/s
m


v m/s
(1) Along the wall (2) Along the perpendicular to the wall
(3) Along any direction (4) Both (1) & (2)

17. A body of mass 5 kg is moving with velocity of v  (2iˆ  6 jˆ) m/s at t = 0 s. After time t = 2 s, velocity of body is
(10iˆ  6 ˆj ) , then change in momentum of body is
(1) 40iˆ kg m/s (2) 20iˆ kg m/s
(3) 30iˆ kg m/s (4) (50i  30 ˆj ) kg m/s
18. A cart loaded with sand moving with velocity v. Sand is falling through the hole as shown in diagram then after
falling on the ground sand is
v
Smooth
surface
(1) Moving with cart (2) Moving in opposite direction with speed v
(3) Stationary on the ground (4) Moving with speed 2v
19. A particle of mass m strikes elastically on a wall with velocity v, at an angle of 60° from the wall then magnitude of
change in momentum of ball along the wall is
(1) Zero (2) 2mv
(3) 3mv (4) mv
20. The average force necessary to stop a hammer with momentum p Ns in 0.5 s is
(1) 2p N (2) pN
p
(3) 4p N (4) N
2
FRAME OF REFERENCE
The system with respect to which the position or motion of a body is represented, is defined as the frame
of reference.
There are two types of frame of reference.
(i) Inertial frame reference: All the frames which are either at rest or moving uniformly called inertial frames.
(ii) Non-inertial frame of reference: All the frames which are accelerating or rotating called non inertial
frames.
Earth is an assumed inertial frame.
z Fictitious force (Pseudo force): If a body is placed in a non-inertial frame, it experiences an additional
force, opposite to acceleration of frame, called the apparent or fictitious or pseudo force. All other forces
acting on body remains same.

If acceleration of non-inertial frame is a0 ,

pseudo force F = –ma0
Example:

If a box of mass m is placed in a truck accelerated with acceleration a0 towards right. Then pseudo force

on Box F  ma0 or ma0 (towards left)
EXERCISE
21. Two blocks of masses 2 kg and 4 kg are hanging with the help of massless string passing over an ideal pulley
g
inside an elevator. The elevator is moving upward with an acceleration . The tension in the string connected
2
between the blocks will be (Take g = 10 m/s2).
(1) 40 N (2) 60 N
(3) 80 N (4) 20 N
g
22. A man of mass m is standing in an elevator moving downward with an acceleration . The force exerted by the
4
bottom surface of the elevator on the man will be
3mg mg
(1) (2)
4 4
5mg 7mg
(3) (4)
4 4
23. A vehicle is moving on a road with an acceleration a = 20 m/s2 as shown in figure. The frictional coefficient between
the block of mass (m) and the vehicle so that block is does not fall downward is (g = 10 m/s2)
a = 20 m/s2
m
(1) 0.5 (2) 0.4

(3) 2 (4) 0.7
24. In the given arrangement all surfaces are smooth. What acceleration should be given to the system, for which the
block m2 doesn’t slide down?
m1
M m2
m2 g m1g
(1) (2)
m1 m2
m2 g
(3) g (4)
m1  m2
25. A block of mass m kg is kept on a weighing machine in an elevator. If the elevator is retarding upward by a ms–2,
the reading of weighing machine is (in kgf)
(1) mg (2) m(g – a)
 a
(3) m1 –  (4) m(g + a)
 g
26. A trolley is falling freely on inclined plane as shown in the figure. The angle of string of pendulum with the ceiling of
trolley is () equal to

°
(1) ° (2) 90° – °
(3) 90° (4) 0°
27. A block of mass m is kept on horizontal turn table at x distance from the centre. If coefficient of friction between
block and surface of turn table is , then maximum angular speed of the table so that block does not slip

m
x

g g
(1) (2)
x2 x
g x 2
(3) (4)
2x g
28. If trolley accelerates horizontally with acceleration a then bob is displaced backward from its initial vertical position.
The angular deflection of the bob in equilibrium is
m  a
a a
(1)   cos –1   (2)   sin–1  
g  g 
 a a
(3)   cot –1   (4)   tan–1  
 g g 
29. Select correct statement regarding pseudo force
(1) It is electromagnetic in origin
(2) Newton’s 3rd law is applicable for it
(3) It is a fundamental force
(4) It is used to make Newton’s law applicable in noninertial frame
30. What force should be applied on the wedge so that block over it does not move? (All surfaces are smooth)
m
M F
(1) F = (M + m) g cot  (2) F = (M + m) g tan 
(3) F = (M + m) g sin  (4) F = (M + m) g cos 
EQUILIBRIUM OF A PARTICLE
The equilibrium of a particle in mechanics referes to a situation when the net external force acting on particle
is zero.
The above situation is correct and complete for a point mass.
In case of rigid bodies (i.e. extended bodies) there are two conditions to be satisfied for equilibrium.
(i) Net external force acting on the body should be zero.
(ii) Net external torque acting on the body should be zero.
Lami’s Theorem: If three concurrent forces (forces acting at same point) P, Q and R are acting on a particle,
to keep the particle in equilibrium, then Lami’s theorem states

 P
P Q R
  Q
sin  sin  sin 

 is angle opposite to force P  

 is angle opposite to force Q

R
 is angle opposite to force R
Note: If concurrent forces are more than three, and coplanar then it is convenient to resolve all the forces
along two mutually perpendicular directions and then the resultant of these component should be
zero
Fx  0, Fy  0
• If forces are non coplanar then Fx, Fy and Fz should be zero.
Example 5 : Find the tension in the horizontal string PQ and the string QR in the given figure. [Take g = 10 m/s2]
30° R
P 90° Q
7 kg
Solution : We may take the components and redraw it as
T1 sin 30° 30°

T1
30°
T1 cos 30°
T2 90°
70 N
From figure, we get
T1 sin 30° = 70 N
T1 T2 W
 By Lami’s theorem,  
sin90 sin120 sin150
and T2 = T1 cos 30°
 T1 = 140 N
3
and T2 = 140  = 70 3 N
2
Alternate method:

As T1  T2  W  0 T1
T1 T2 W 150°
 By Lami’s theorem  
sin90 sin120 sin150 B
T2 90° 120°
W sin90
 T1   2W  2  7  10  140 N
sin150
3 W
W
W sin120 2  10  7  3  70 3 N
and T2  
sin150 1
2
APPLICATION OF NEWTON’S LAWS OF MOTION
(1) Due to weight of block a contact force or normal reaction develops between block and platform.
block
M
(Mp)
platform ground
FBD of block w.r.t. ground
N
M N = contact force between block M and platform
Mg
FBD of platform w.r.t. ground
N N1
N1 is normal reaction between platform and ground
Mp g
(a) If the platform is stationary
 Net force is zero
 N = Mg and N + Mpg = N1
(b) System accelerates upward with acceleration ‘a’
 N > Mg i.e., N – Mg = Ma and N1 – (N + Mpg) = Mpa
(c) System accelerates downward with acceleration a
 N < Mg i.e., Mg – N = Ma and (Mpg + N) – N1 = Mpa
(2) F1, F2 are contact forces between M1 & M2 and M2 & M3 respectively
a
F M1 M2 M3
F
a
M1  M2  M3
a
F2
M3
FBD of M3 F2 = M3a
a
F1 F2
M2
FBD of M2
F1 – F2 = M2a  F1 = (M3 + M2)a
M3  M2 + M3 
 F2 = F, F1 =  F
M1 + M2 + M3  M1 + M2 + M3 
(3) Tension in the block at distance ‘x’ from left end is
L
Mx F Fx M F
Tx   
L M L
x
L
F (L  x ) F M
(4) Tx 
L
x
L
F1x F2 (L – x) F2 M F1
(5) Tx = +
L L
x
(6) Three masses m1, m2 and m3, are connected by massless strings, then acceleration of masses and
tension in strings.
F M 2 + M3 M3 F F T1 T2
a= , T1 = , T2 = M1 M2 M3
M1 + M2 + M3 M1 + M2 + M3 M1 + M2 + M3
(7) When the mass suspended in an elevator
ceiling T
T
massless M FBD of M w.r.t. ground
T string
M
Mg
(a) When system is stationary
T – Mg = 0
(b) System moves up with acceleration ‘a’
T – Mg = Ma
(c) System moves down with acceleration a
Mg – T = Ma
(8) Uniform rope of mass Ms. FBD of lower portion
Tx
x
L
x Ms gx
L
(a) Stationary system
Ms x
Tx = g
L
Ms x
(b) If the rope is accelerating upwards, then Tx = (g + a )
L
Ms x
(c) If the rope is accelerating downwards, then Tx = (g – a )
L
(9) When mass M suspended in an elevator with the help of string of mass Ms
Ms L
x
Ms gx
M Mg L
FBD of section
Ms x
(a) Tx = g + Mg (stationary)
L
M x 
(b) Tx =  s + M  (g + a ) (accelerating upward)
 L 
M x 
(c) Tx =  s + M  (g – a ) (accelerating downward)
 L 
z If system falls freely, T = 0 everywhere
Important Points :
(1) Pulley mass systems
(a) Stationary pulley (M2 > M1) massless
M2 – M1 T
T
a= g
M2 + M1
a M1 a
 M1M2  M1 g M2
T  2 g
 M1  M2  M2 g
(b) Pulley is moving upward with acceleration a0

a0
 M1M2 
T  2  (g  a0 )
 M1  M2 
ar T
 M  M1  T ar
ar   2  (g  a0 )
 M2  M1  a1 M1
a1 = – (a0 + ar) M1 g M2 a2
M1 a0
a2 = ar – a0 M2 g
M2 a0 (pseudo)
ar = relative acceleration of M1 and M2 w.r.t. pulley
a1, a2 are accelerations of M1 and M2 w.r.t. ground.
a a
M1M2g T T
(c) T  (sin   sin )
M1  M2
M1 M2
 M sin   M1 sin   smooth
a 2 g 
 M2  M1 
(M2sin > M1sin) 
(d) aB
T
B
T
T
2T
A aA
MAg
2aA = aB …(i)
MAg – 2T = MAaA …(ii)
T = MBaB …(iii)
(2) Two block system :
Case - I :
When ‘m’ does not slide down relative to wedge ‘M’
m F
F = (M + m)g tan
M
a = gtan in horizontal direction w.r.t. ground
 Wedge
z Contact force R between m and M is
smooth
mg
R
cos 
Case - II :
Minimum value of F so that ‘m’ falls freely m F
F = Mgcot
M
Wedge M moves with acceleration = gcot  Wedge
z Contact force between M and m is zero. smooth
Example 6 : Two masses 2 kg and 4 kg are connected at the two ends of light inextensible string passing over a
frictionless pulley. If the masses are released, then find the acceleration of the masses and the tension
in the string.
Solution : When the masses are released, then the masses move with common magnitude of
acceleration a,
m1 – m2
a g
m1  m2
Given, m1 = 4 kg, m2 = 2 kg, g = 10 m/s2
4–2 2
 a  10   10  3.33 m/s2
42 6
And tension T in the string is,
2m1m2 242 16
T   g  10   10  26.67 N
m1  m2 24 6
EXERCISE
31. Two blocks of mass 2 kg and 4 kg are accelerated with same acceleration by a force 10 N as shown in figure on
a smooth horizontal surface. Then the spring force between the two blocks will be (spring is massless)
2 kg 4 kg F = 10 N
(1) 5N (2) 10 N
10 5
(3) N (4) N
3 3
32. Three blocks of masses m1 = 4 kg, m2 = 2 kg, m3 = 4 kg are connected with ideal strings passing over a smooth,
massless pulley as shown in figure. The acceleration of blocks will be (g = 10 m/s2)
(1) 2 m/s2 (2) 4 m/s2

(3) 3 m/s2 (4) 5 m/s2
33. The tension in the string connected between blocks is
F2 = 10 N 2 kg 4 kg F1 = 20 N
(Smooth surface)
80 40
(1) N (2) N
3 3
50
(3) N (4) 26 N
7
34. Block A of mass 4 kg is to be kept at rest against a smooth vertical wall by applying a force F as shown in figure.
The force required is (g = 10 m/s2)
45°
(1) 40 2 N (2) 20 2 N
(3) 10 2 N (4) 15 2 N
35. A block of mass m as shown in figure is pulled by a force 40 N. The tension at the middle of the block is
5 cm 5 cm
40 N
(Smooth surface)
(1) 10 N (2) 20 N
(3) 25 N (4) 30 N
36. A block is stationary on a rough inclined plane. How many forces are acting on the block?
(1) 2 (2) 3
(3) 4 (4) 5
37. In the given arrangement, the normal force applied by block on the ground is
 F
(1) mg (2) mg – F cos

(3) mg + F cos (4) F cos
38. A book of mass 5 kg is placed on a table and it is pressed by 10 N force then normal force exerted by the table on
the book is
(1) 10 N (2) 70 N
(3) 59 N (4) 50 N
39. Three blocks are placed as shown in figure. Mass of A, B and C are m1, m2 and m3 respectively. The force exerted
by block ‘C’ on ‘B’ is
A
B
C
(1) m1g (2) (m1 + m2)g

(3) m2g (4) (m1 + m2 + m3)g
T3
40. The value of T is
1
T3
A 5 kg
T2
B 5 kg
T1
C 5 kg
(1) 1 (2) 2
3
(3) 3 (4)
2
FRICTION
When a surface of a solid body slides (or has a tendency to slide if it does not actually slide) on a surface
of another solid body, then the force which opposes the relative motion (or tendency of the relative motion)
between the contact surfaces is called frictional force. The origin of frictional force is a complicated matter.
Friction is a consequence of molecular interaction, originating in the realm of molecules and atoms because
of electrical reasons. On an atomic level, both surfaces of contact are irregular. There are many points of
contact where the atoms seem to cling together, and when the surface is pulled along, the atoms snap apart
and vibration ensues.
z Static Friction
The static friction between two contact surfaces is given by fs < s N, where N is the normal force between
the contact surfaces and s is a constant which depends on the nature of the surfaces in contact and is
called ‘coefficient of static friction’.
1. Static friction takes its peak value (fs(max) = sN) when one surface is ‘about to slide’ on the other. Static
friction in this case is called limiting friction.
2. Otherwise, fs < sN. Under these conditions the value of the frictional force is determined from the

analysis of the physical situation. Factually speaking, you have to apply F  ma (or and with the given
constraints) for computing the value of fs.
The limiting value of the static friction between two contact surfaces
(i) Is independent of the apparent (macroscopic) area of contact,
(ii) It depends on the actual (microscopic) area of contact, and

(iii) Is proportional to the normal force between the contact surfaces.
z Angle of Repose
Set up a plane, inclined at a small angle , and place a block

N
of mass m on the plane. Tilt the plane at a steeper angle, until
the block begins to slide from its own weight. Let this happen at s N = s mg cos 
 = . At this angle the component of weight down the incline
mg sin  
(mg sin) equals the limiting friction mg cos 
mg sin = s mg cos  mg
 s = tan
The angle of inclination at which the block just begins to slide is called angle of repose.
  tan1(s )
z Angle of Friction
Angle which the resultant of force of friction and normal reaction makes with normal called angle of friction.
R
R R
tan   
R

tan =  F
 = tan–1  Ff = R
Mg
The angle of friction = angle of repose
z Kinetic Friction
The relative motion of a contact surface with respect to another is opposed by a force given by fk = k N,
where N is the normal force between the contact surfaces and k is a constant called ‘coefficient of kinetic
friction’, which depends, largely, on the nature of the contact surfaces.
N
Direction of motion
kN v
mg
Force of Kinetic friction = kN
Note :
(1) Two block system on a rough horizontal surface
Case - I :
(a) F  (M1 + M2)g '' M2
F M1 F
 both blocks move together with same acceleration a 
M1  M2
amax = g Smooth
(b) F > (M1 + M2)g

 Sliding between M1 and M2 starts.
M2 moves with constant acceleration a2 = g
F  M2g
M1 moves with acceleration a1 
M1
Case - II:
(M1  M2 )M2 F
(a) F g , both blocks move together with acceleration a  with
M1 M1  M2
M2
amax  g.
M1

(M1  M2 )M2g
(b) F , relative sliding starts
M1 M2 F
M2 M1
M1 moves with constant acceleration a1  g
M1
F  M2g Smooth
M2 moves with acceleration a2 
M2
(2) Minimum force required to move a body on a rough horizontal surface
Fcos > R, R = Mg – Fsin
R F sin
mg F
F  , for Fmin, cos +sin = y(max)
cos    sin 

M F cos
dy R
or 0
d
mg
Fmin  at  = tan–1()
1  2
(3) Minimum angle from vertical at which a pushing force should be applied so that it can move a
body
mg
F 
sin    cos   R
Now sin – cos > 0 F F cos
 < tan M
F sin
or   tan1  R
i.e.,  must be greater than angle of friction.

(4) Block on Inclined Plane
f
(i) If μ  tan , the block will remain stationary on the inclined plane; µ
and the frictional force acting on the block will be equal to mg sin

and static in nature
g sin
m 
f = mg sin
(ii) If a block slides down an inclined plane with constant velocity, the
f
frictional force acting on the block is kinetic in nature and equal to
mg sin 
v
 f = mg sin 
& μk = tan  
(iii) If μ < tan , the block will slide down the plane with acceleration a
equal to
a = g sin  – μ g cos  a
Frictional force acting is kinetic in nature and less than mg sin . 
(iv) If a block is projected up the plane, retardation a is given by
v
a
a = g sin  + μ g cos . µ

(v) If mg sin  exceeds frictional force, the block tends to slide down. The minimum force required to
prevent sliding is
f
F
sin
g 
m
Fmin = mg sin  – μ mg cos 

(vi) If you try to push a block up the plane, frictional force and mg sin both opposes the force, the minimum
force required is given by
F
 f
g sin
m 
Fmin = mg sin  + μ mg cos 
Example 7 : A wooden block of mass 0.8 kg is dragged along a level frictionless surface by a hanging block
of mass 0.2 kg as shown in the figure. Calculate the tension in the string and the acceleration
of blocks.
R a
T
0.8 kg
T
a
m1g
0.2 kg
m2g
Solution : m1 = 0.8 kg, m2 = 0.2 kg.
The forces on the two blocks and tension in the string are shown in the figure.
Let the two blocks move with common magnitude of acceleration a.
Along the horizontal, the block of mass m1 is acted upon by the force due to tension in the string.
 T = m1a …(i)
Since the block m2 moves with an acceleration a in downward direction.
 m2g – T = m2a …(ii)
From (i) and (ii), we get
m2 g 0.2  9.8
a   1.96 m/s2
m1  m2 0.8  0.2
a  1.96 m/s2
From equation (i),
T = m1a = 0.8 × 1.96
T  1.568 N
Example 8 : A body of mass 10 kg is kept on a horizontal floor of coefficient of static friction s = 0.5 and
coefficient of kinetic friction k = 0.45 as shown in figure.
10 kg F
 s = 0.5
 k = 0.45
Find the acceleration, force of friction and contact force on the body by the plane when the driving
force is (g = 10 m/s2)
(i) 40 N
(ii) 60 N
Solution : FBD of the body :
N
F
f
mg
Normal reaction N = mg = 100 N
Limiting friction on the body, fL = sN = 0.5 × 100 N = 50 N
(i) F = 40 N is less than the limiting friction so the body is static. So, a = 0.
Force of friction acting on the body is static friction, f = Driving force = 40 N
Contact force is the resultant of force of friction and normal reaction. So,
C  f 2  N 2  (40)2  (100)2  107.7 N
C N
f
(ii) F = 60 N is greater than the limiting friction on the body, so body will start moving. Force
of friction acting on the body
= kinetic friction
= kN = 0.45 × 100 N = 45 N
FBD :
a
F = 60 N
f = fk = 45 N
 Acceleration of the body is
F  fk 60  45
a= = = 1.5 m/s2
m 10
Contact force, C  f 2  N 2  fk2  N 2  (45)2  (100)2  109.7 N
Example 9 : A block of mass 5 kg rests on a inclined plane at an angle of 30° with the horizontal. If the block
just begins to slide, then what is the coefficient of static friction between the block and the
surface?
Solution : In equilibrium, the resultant of these forces must be zero.
 mg sin  = fs
mg cos  = N fs N
fs
 tan  =
N
mg sin 
As fs = sN
mg cos  mg
 tan  = s 30°
 s = tan 30°
 s = 0.577
Example 10 : A block of mass 8 kg is sliding on a surface inclined at an angle of 45° with the horizontal.
Calculate the acceleration of the block. The coefficient of friction between the block and surface
is 0.6. (Take g = 10 m/s2)
Solution : Here m = 8 kg,  = 45°, a = ?,  = 0.6
Here, tan  = tan 45° = 1 >  (= 0.6) R fk
So, body starts moving and acceleration of the body.

a = g(sin  –  cos )
mg sin 
 a = 10(sin 45° – 0.6 cos 45°) mg cos 
 = 45°
= 10[0.707 – 0.6 × 0.707]
= 10 × 0.707(1 – 0.6)
= 10 × 0.707 × 0.4
= 2.828 m/s2
EXERCISE
41. A block of mass 10 kg is moving on a rough surface as shown in figure. The frictional force acting on block is
v = 4 m/s
F = 20 N
10 kg
 = 0.6
(1) 20 N (2) 60 N
(3) 40 N (4) 80 N
42. The maximum value of F which can be applied on the system shown in figure so that both blocks move together
with same acceleration is

M2
M1 F
(Smooth surface)
(1) F = M2g (2) F = [M1 – M2]g
(3) F = M1g (4) F = [M1 + M2]g
43. In the given arrangement the maximum value of F for which there is no relative motion between the blocks
 m1 F
 =0 m2
(1) m1g (2) (m1 + m2)g
m 
(3) m1g  1  1 (4) Zero
m
 2 
44. If acceleration of A is 2 m/s2 which is smaller than acceleration of B then the value of frictional force applied by B
on A is
5 kg (A)
10 kg (B) F
(1) 50 N (2) 20 N
(3) 10 N (4) None of these
45. Acceleration of block A varies with time as shown in figure the value of coefficient of kinetic friction between block
A and B is
aA
2
5 m/s
A 4.9 m/s
2
B F
30°
t(s)
10 s
the value of coefficient of kinetic friction between block A and B is

(1) 0.5 (2) 0.6
(3) 0.4 (4) None of these
46. Block of mass 10 kg is moving on inclined plane with constant velocity 10 m/s. The coefficient of kinetic friction
between incline plane and block is
s
m/
0
1 37°
(1) 0.57 (2) 0.75

47. 10 kg 20 kg
A B
aA aB
45° Smooth 45° rough
The ratio of acceleration of blocks A placed on smooth incline with block B placed on rough incline is 2 : 1. The
coefficient of kinetic friction between block B and incline is
(1) 0.5 (2) 0.75
48. A block of mass 10 kg is released on rough incline plane. Block starts descending with acceleration
2 m/s2. Kinetic friction force acting on block is (take g = 10 m/s2)
30°
(1) 10 N (2) 30 N
(3) 50 N (4) 50 3 N
49. Blocks shown in figure moves with constant velocity 10 m/s towards right. All surfaces in contact are rough. The
friction force applied by B on A is
A
20 N
B Ground
(1) 0N (2) 20 N
(3) 10 N (4) Insufficient data
50. In the previous problem. The friction force applied by ground on block B is
(1) 0N (2) 20 N
(3) 10 N (4) Insufficient data
51. A block of mass 10 kg is kept on a fixed rough ( = 0.8) inclined plane of angle of inclination 30°. The frictional force
acting on the block is
kg
10
 = 30°
(1) 50 N (2) 50 3 N
(3) 52 N (4) 54 N
52. A block of mass 5 kg is at rest on a rough inclined surface. If angle of inclination of plane is 60°, then force applied
by it on block is
(1) 50 N (2) 25 3 N
(3) 25 N (4) 50 3 N
53. Maximum value of frictional force is called
(1) Limiting frictional force (2) Static frictional force
(3) Kinetic frictional force (4) Rolling frictional force
54. Static friction between two surfaces
(1) Prevents the relative motion between them (2) Opposite to the direction of motion of them
(3) Acts in opposite direction of applied force (4) Both (1) & (2)
55. Coefficient of kinetic friction and coefficient of static friction between two blocks is k and s respectively. In
general
(1) s < k (2) s > k
(3) s = k (4) None of these
56. The limiting value of static friction between two contact surfaces is
(1) Proportional to normal force between the surface in contact
(2) Independent of apparent area of contact
(3) Depends on the microscopic area of contact
(4) All of these
57. A block of mass m is stationary on a rough inclined plane making an angle  with the horizontal. Find the contact
force between block and the plane
(1) mg (2) mg sin
(3) mg cos (4) mg tan
58. A block of mass 10 kg, moving with acceleration 2 m/s2 on horizontal rough surface is shown in figure
2
a = 2 m/s
F = 40 N
The value of coefficient of kinetic friction is

(1) 0.2 (2) 0.4
(3) 0.5 (4) 0.1
59. If angle of repose is , the coefficient of static friction between body and the plane is
(1) cot (2) tan
(3) sin (4) cos
60. Which of the following is self adjusting in nature?
(1) Rolling frictional force (2) Static frictional force
(3) Kinetic frictional force (4) All of these
CIRCULAR MOTION
Case - I :
Neglecting Gravity (uniform circular motion)
v
T
r m
mv 2
T = Centripetal force =  m2r
r
Case - II :
Considering gravity (Conical pendulum) O
Tsin = Centripetal force T cos

l 
Tsin = m2r …(1) T

Tcos = mg T sin
r C
mg
T  …(2)
cos  mg
(a) For  to be 90º (i.e., string to be horizontal)
T= 
 It is not possible.
(b) Tsin = m2r = m2lsin
 T  m2l
l cos 
(c) Time period = 2
g
BANKING OF ROADS
z Forces acting on vehicle if has a tendency to slip outward

N N cos
(1) Weight (mg) vertically downward 
(2) Normal reaction (N) f cos N sin
(3) Force of friction f, tangential to surface (inward)
Resolve forces into components f 

In horizontal equilibrium
f sin
2
mv mg
N sin   f cos  
r
mv 2
N sin   N cos  
r
mv 2
N cos (tan   )  ...(1)
r
In vertical equilibrium
N cos   f sin   mg
N cos (1   tan )  mg ...(2)
Divide Eqn. (1) by Eqn. (2)
tan    v 2

1   tan  rg
Case 1: Maximum safe speed
 tan    
v max  rg  
 1   tan  
Case 2: Minimum safe speed (slip inward)
 tan    
v min  rg  , tan   
 1   tan  
 = 0)
Case 3: If no banking is provided (
v  rg
Case 4: If no friction comes into play

=0
Optimum speed v  rg tan 
Bending of a Cyclist on a Level Road

In order to take a safe turn on a circular turning, a cyclist has to bend inward.
(i.e., towards the centre of the circular path) by an angle .
R cos R
R sin

mg
The horizontal component of the reaction (R) of the road (i.e., the frictional force R sin ) provides the required
centripetal force and the vertical component (i.e., the normal reaction R cos ) balances the weight mg of
the cycle and the cyclist.
mv 2
R sin  
r
R cos  = mg
v2
or tan  
rg axis

z A liquid of mass M is enclosed in a tube of length L and
the tube is rotating about one end. Force exerted by the
A
1 2
liquid at end A of the tube = M  L . L
2
z Normal Reaction of A Block On Curved Track
(i) Block sliding on a vertical curved track of radius of curvature R, R

N
v
mv 2 mv 2
N – mg   N  mg  mg
R R
(ii) Block sliding on a vertical curved track of radius of curvature R, N
v
mv 2
mv 2 mg
mg  N   N  mg 
R R
R
(iii) Block sliding on a vertical curved track of radius R from inside,
v
mv 2 mv 2 N mg
N  mg   N  mg
R R R
Example 11 : Find the maximum speed with which a car can turn on a bend without skidding, if radius of bend
is 20 m and coefficient of friction between the road and the tyres is 0.4.
Solution : R = 20 m, v = ?, s = 0.4
v= s Rg = 0.4  20  9.8 = 28 ms–1
Example 12 : A circular racetrack of radius 100 m is banked at an angle of 45°. What is the
(i) Optimum speed of race car to avoid wear and tear of its tyres?
(ii) Maximum permissible speed to avoid slipping if the coefficient of friction is 0.2?
Solution : At the optimum speed, optimum speed v0 is given by equation

v0 = (Rg tan )1/2
= (100 × 9.8 × tan 45)1/2
= 31.3 m/s
The maximum permissible speed vmax is given by
1/2
   tan  
vmax =  Rg s 
 1  s tan  
1/2
 0.2  tan 45 
=  100  9.8 
 1  0.2 tan 45 
= 38.34 m/s
Example 13 : A cyclist speeding at 4.5 km/h on a level road takes a sharp circular turn of radius 3 m without
reducing the speed. The coefficient of static friction between the road and the tyres is 0.1.
(i) Will he slip while taking the turn?
(ii) Will he slip if his speed is 9 km/h?
Solution : Frictional force provides the necessary centripetal force. He will slip if the turn is too sharp (i.e.,
too small a radius) or if his speed is too large.
Maximum speed for not slipping is
vmax =  s Rg = 0.1  3  9.8 = 1.71 m/s
5
(i) If v = 4.5 km/h = m/s = 1.25 m/s, he will not slip.
4
5
(ii) If v = 9 km/h = m/s = 2.5 m/s, he will slip.
2
EXERCISE
61. A particle of mass 2 kg is moving in circular path with constant speed 20 m/s. The magnitude of change in velocity
when particle travels from A to P will be
v
v
A
(1) 20 2 m/s (2) 40 m/s
(3) 40 2 m/s (4) Zero
62. A particle is in uniform circular motion, then its velocity is perpendicular to
(1) Net force (2) Centripetal acceleration
(3) Angular velocity (4) All of these
63. If a particle is moving on a circular path with constant speed, then the angle between the direction of acceleration
and its position vector w.r.t. centre of circle will be

(1) Zero (2)
2
(3)  (4) 2
64. A particle is revolving in a circular path of radius 2 m with constant angular speed 4 rad/s. The angular acceleration
of particle is
(1) Zero (2) 82 rad/s2
(3) 162 rad/s2 (4) 1282 rad/s2
65. A particle is moving on a circular path of radius 1 m with 2 m/s. If speed starts increasing at a rate of
2 m/s2, then acceleration of particle is
(1) 2 m/s2 (2) 4 m/s2
2 8 m/s2
(3) 2 5 m/s (4)
66. The maximum speed with which a vehicle can take safely circular turn on a horizontal flat rough road is (where
symbols have their usual meanings)
rg
(1)  rg (2)

(3) rg (4) rg
67. In a conical pendulum the length of string is l and  is the angle of string with vertical. The time period of revolution
is
l l cos 
(1) 2 (2) 2
g g
l
(3) 2 (4) Infinite
g cos 
68. Two particles each of mass m are moving in horizontal circle with same angular speed. If both string are of same
T1
length then the ratio of tension in string is
T2
m m
1 2
3
(1) (2) 3
2
1
(3) 2 (4)
3
69. A car is moving in a horizontal level circular track with uniform speed v. If R is the radius of circular path, then the
minimum coefficient of friction to avoid over turning is
v2 v
(1) (2)
Rg Rg
Rg
(3) v Rg (4)
v
70. A motorcyclist is moving in a circular path of radius 10 m and with uniform speed 36 km h–1. The angle with vertical
at which motorcyclist will bend is
(1) 0° (2) 90°
(3) 60° (4) 45°

t
en
nm nment
sig ssig
As A Assignment
Assignment
5. In translatory equilibrium [NCERT Pg. 101]
SECTION - A
(1) The net external force acting on particle is
NCERT Based MCQs
zero
1. The ratio of tension T1 and T2 is (strings are
(2) The net external force acting on particle is
massless) [NCERT Pg. 99]
constant (non-zero)
(3) Particle is always at rest
(4) Velocity of particle changes linearly with time
6. The minimum value of coefficient of friction (μ) such
that block of mass ‘5 kg’ remains at rest is
[NCERT Pg. 102]
(1) 7 : 2 (2) 7 : 5
(3) 5 : 2 (4) 2 : 7
2. Two blocks of masses 1 kg and 2 kg are
connected with massless spring as shown. If the
acceleration of 1 kg block is 1 m/s2 towards right
then the acceleration of 2 kg block is
(1) 0.3 (2) 0.5
[NCERT Pg. 94] (3) 0.6 (4) 0.4
7. If the coefficient of friction between the block of
mass 5 kg and wall is 0.5, then minimum force F
(1) 1 m/s2 (2) 3 m/s2 required to hold the block with the wall is
(3) 4 m/s2 (4) 2 m/s2 (g = 10 m/s2) [NCERT Pg. 101]
3. The value of frictional force on block in the given

diagram is (Take g = 10 m/s2) [NCERT Pg. 101]
F
5 kg  = 0.5
(1) 4 N (2) 5 N
(1) 10 N (2) 100 N
(3) 6 N (4) 9 N
(3) 40 N (4) 50 N
4. If block is at verge of motion, then select the
correct option (where μ is the coefficient of friction) 8. The maximum speed of car with which it can go
[NCERT Pg. 101] around a level road of radius 10 m is(coefficient of
friction between the road and tyre is 0.5)
(g = 9.8 m/s2) [NCERT Pg. 104]
(1) 19 m/s
(2) 29 m/s
 mg  mg
(1) F  (2) F = sin   cos  (3) 39 m/s
sin
(3) F = mg (4) F = μ mg (4) 49 m/s
9. A cyclist paddling at a speed of 10 m/s on a level 14. The rate of mass of the gas emitted from rear of
road takes a sharp circular turn of radius 10 m a rocket is initially 20 kg/s. If the speed of the gas
without reducing the speed. The angle made by relative to the rocket is 800 m/s and mass of
cyclist with vertical is [NCERT Pg. 105] rocket is 1000 kg, then the initial acceleration of
the rocket is (Take g = 10 m/s2) NCERT Pg. 110]
 
(1) (2) (1) 4 m/s2
4 3
  (2) 16 m/s2
(3) (4)
6 2 (3) 6 m/s2
10. Sand is poured on a conveyor belt at the rate of (4) 12 m/s2
2 kg/s. If belt is moving horizontally with velocity
15. A car is moving round a curve of radius 20 m
4 m/s, then additional force required by engine to
without slipping on a banked road with  = 45°.
keep the belt moving with same constant velocity
Assuming the coefficient of friction between the
is [NCERT Pg. 95]
road and tyres to be 0.2. What is the
(1) 4 N (2) 8 N maximum speed with which the car can move?
(3) 16 N (4) 32 N (Take g = 10 m/s2) [NCERT Pg. 104]
11. If linear momentum of particle changes with time t (1) 10 m/s (2) 5 m/s
as p = (3t2 + 2t + 1) kgm/s, then force acting on
(3) 15 m/s (4) 10 3 m/s
particle at t = 3 s will be [NCERT Pg. 95]
(1) 10 N (2) 20 N SECTION - B
(3) 15 N (4) 11 N Objective Type Questions
12. In the given diagram, reading of spring balance will 1. A uranium-238 nucleus, initially at rest, emits an
be (g = 10 m/s2) [NCERT Pg. 100] (24He) particle with energy E. The recoil speed of
residual nucleus thorium-234 is (Masses are same
as their mass number)
2E E
(1) (2)
234 234
3 kg 6 kg 2E E
(3) (4)
117 117
2. A man of mass m is standing on a board and
(1) 30 N (2) 40 N
pulling the board of mass m up with force F by the
(3) 60 N (4) 80 N pulley system as shown. Normal reaction between
13. The position-time graph of a particle of mass 2 kg man and board is
moving along x-axis is as shown in the figure. The
magnitude of impulse on the particle at t = 2 s is
[NCERT Pg. 110]
x(m) F
m
M
20
(1) mg – F
t(s)
2 4 (2) mg + F
(1) 40 N s (2) 20 N s (3) (m + M) g + F
(3) 10 N s (4) Zero (4) (m – M)g – F
3. Two bodies A and B of mass 5 kg and 10 kg in 7. Same spring is attached with 2 kg, 3 kg and 1 kg
contact with each other rest on a table against a blocks in three different cases. If x1, x2, x3 be the
rigid wall. The coefficient of friction between the extensions in the three cases, then
bodies and the table is 0.2, when the force of 200
N is applied horizontally on A. Which of the
following is correct?
A B
200 N
2 kg 2 kg 3 kg 2 kg 1 kg 2 kg
(1) The reaction of wall is 200 N (1) x1 > x2 > x3 (2) x2 > x1 > x3
(2) The action reaction force between A and B is
more than reaction of wall (3) x3 > x2 > x1 (4) x1 = 0, x3 > x2
(3) The action reaction force between A and B is

less than reaction of wall 8. ( s = 0.5,  k = 0.4) 7 kg F
(4) Both (1) and (3) are correct 35 kg
 =0
4. A block of mass 1 kg is placed on a rough wedge
which is fixed on an elevator moving upward with
constant velocity 2 m/s. The block m is at rest If a force F of 100 N is applied to block of mass
w.r.t. wedge. Net reaction force on the block is
7 kg, then acceleration of 35 kg mass will be
(1) 2.4 ms–2 (2) 1 ms–2
(3) 0.4 ms–2 (4) 0.8 ms–2

m 2 m/s
3 9. A uniform rod of mass M pulled by force F on
 
2 smooth surface. The value of tension T in the rod
30° varies with the distance X from the force end is
according to the graph
(1) 5 N (2) 10 N
(3) 7.5 N (4) 12 N X
P F
5. A block of mass 4 kg is placed on a rough
horizontal plane. A time dependent horizontal force L
F = 2t (N) acts on the block. The frictional force
between the block and plane at time t = 2 s is T T
( = 0.2)
(1) (2)
(1) 4 N (2) 8 N
(3) 10 N (4) 12 N
6. A force gives an object of m1 an acceleration of O X O X
12 m/s2 and an object of mass m2 an acceleration
(3) T (4) T
of 10 m/s2. The ratio of accelerations the force
would give to an object of mass m2 – m 1 and
m2 + m1.
(1) 4 : 1 (2) 2 : 1
O X O X
(3) 10 : 1 (4) 11 : 1
10. Three equal weights of mass 2 kg each are 13. The force F needed to keep the block at
hanging on a string passing over a fixed equilibrium in given figure is (pulley and string are
frictionless pulley. The tension in the string AB is massless)
nearly
2 kg
2 kg A
2 kg B M
(1) Zero
Mg Mg
(1) (2)
(2) 13 N 5 4
(3) 15 N Mg Mg
(3) (4)
(4) 20 N 2 3
14. Initially the spring is relaxed. If the mass m is
11. A car is moving in a circular horizontal track of
slowly released, then the elongation produced in
radius 10 m with a constant speed of 10 m/s. A the spring in equilibrium
bob is suspended from the roof of the car by string
of length 1 m. The angle made by the string with Spring constant = k
the vertical is
(1) Zero
m
(2) 30°
mg mg
(1) (2)
(3) 45° k 2k
(4) 60° 2mg mg
(3) (4)
12. A block of mass m is in contact with the cart. The k 4k
coefficient of static friction between the block and 15. A gardener waters plants by a pipe of cross
the cart is . The acceleration a of the cart that section 1 mm2. The water comes out at the rate
prevent the block from falling will be of 100 cc/s. The reactionary force exerted on the
a hand of the gardener is
C (1) 10 N (2) 100 N

m
(3) 1000 N (4) 500 N
16. In a conical pendulum, the length of string is l and

mg  is the angle of string with horizontal. The time
(1) a  period of revolution is proportional to

g (1) cos
(2) a 
m (2) sin 
g 1
(3) a 
 (3)
cos
g 1
(4) a 
 (4)
sin
17. Two weights w1 and w2 are connected by a light 21. A hemispherical bowl of radius R is set rotating
thread which passes over a light smooth pulley. If about its axis of symmetry which is kept vertical.
the pulley is raised with an acceleration equal to A small block kept in the bowl rotates with the
that due to gravity, then the tension in the thread bowl without slipping on its surface. If the surface
will be is smooth and the angle made by the radius
through the block with the vertical is , find the
2w1w 2 4w1w 2
(1) w  w (2) w  w angular speed at which the bowl is rotating
1 2 1 2
w1w 2  w1  w 2 2 
(3) w  w (4)
1 2 w1  w 2
18. In the arrangement shown, the normal reaction
between the block A and ground is g g
(1) (2)
R R cos 
g g
(3) (4)
R sin  R tan
22. A uniform chain of mass m and length l is lying on
B a horizontal table with one third of its length hanging
2 kg over the edge of the table. If the chain is in limiting
A equilibrium what is the coefficient of friction for the
4 kg contact between the table and chain?
(1) 10 N (2) 20 N
l
(3) 40 N (4) Zero 3
1
19. A glass marble, whose mass is kg falls from a 2 1
10 (1) (2)
height of 2.5 m, and rebounds to a height of 1.6 m. 3 3
If the time during which they are in contact be one 1 3
tenth of a second, then the average force between (3) (4)
2 4
the marble and floor is
23. A force F(t) = 12 – 3t (N) varying with time acts on
(1) 12.6 N (2) 17 N
a particle moving along x-axis. Starting from v = 0
(3) 17.2 N (4) 18.4 N particle is taken along x-axis. Find the momentum
20. A block of mass m is kept on a plank. The of particle at t = 10 s.
coefficient of friction between the plank and the
(1) –30iˆ kg m/s
block is 1. The plank is slowly raised from one end
so that it makes angle  with horizontal. The force (2) –20iˆ kg m/s
of friction acting on the plank when  = 30° is
(3) 30iˆ kg m/s
m
(4) 20iˆ kg m/s


24. A body of mass 1 kg initially at rest explodes and
Mg breaks into three fragments of masses in the ratio
(1) 1 : 1 : 3. The two pieces of equal masses fly off
2
perpendicular to each other with speed v0 each.
Mg What is the momentum of heavier fragment?
(2)
2 3v 0 v0
(1) 2 (2) 2
3Mg 5 5
(3)
2 v0
(3) 3v 0 2 (4) 5 2
(4) Mg 3
25. The magnitude of change in velocity of a particle 29. A man is hanging from the free end of a massless
having speed v is v during a time interval t while rope of length 40 m. The mass of the man is 20
moving in a uniform circular motion. The magnitude kg and the maximum tension that the rope can
of average force on the particle is proportional to bear in 300 N. Then starting from rest, the
minimum time in which man can reach the other
v v
(1) (2) end of the rope is (g = 10 m/s2)
2t t
(1) 2 s (2) 4 s
v v
(3) (4) (3) 6 s (4) 8 s
3 t 2t
30. A small block m is placed on another block of mass
26. A particle moves in the x – y plane under the 5 kg and length 16 cm. A constant horizontal force
influence of a force such that its linear momentum of 10 N is applied to the block. All the surfaces are

is p  t   [iˆ cos  t   j sin  t ] , where  and  assumed frictionless. The time elapsed before the
are constants. The angle between the force and block m separates from 5 kg block
the momentum is m
(1) 0° (2) 45° 10 N
(3) 60° (4) 90° 5 kg
27. Figure shows plot of force magnitude vs time
during the collision of a 50 g ball with wall. The
initial velocity of the ball is 30 m/s perpendicular to 16 cm
the wall, the ball rebounds directly back with same (1) 0.2 s (2) 0.4 s
speed perpendicular to the wall. The maximum (3) 0.6 s (4) 1 s
magnitude of the force on the ball from the wall 31. Reading of the spring balance in the system shown
during the collision is is
F(N)
Fmax
10 kg 20 kg
40
(1) kg (2) 60 kg
3
20
2 4 6 t(ms) (3) kg (4) 40 kg
3
(1) 1000 N (2) 750 N 32. The maximum height at which a small mass m
(3) 1500 N (4) 2000 N can be placed on the parabolic bowl without
slipping is
28. A and B are of mass m and C is of mass M. If the
x2
system is in equilibrium, then (s = 0.5. Equation of parabolic bowl is y = .
10
Where x and y are in metre)
y (m)
A C B
(m) (M) (m)
x (m)
(1) M < 2m (2) M = 2m
(1) 30 cm (2) 35 cm
(3) M > 2m (4) M + m < 0
(3) 40 cm (4) 62.5 cm
33. A block of mass 5 kg is placed on a horizontal (3) To the left and angle of inclination of the
surface with coefficient of friction  = 0.2, then the a
pendulum with the vertical is tan1  
maximum and minimum value of force F for which g
the block remains at rest are (g = 10 m/s2) (4) To the left and angle of inclination of the
a
15 N pendulum with the vertical is sin1  
5 kg g 
F
2. A body of mass m is kept on a rough horizontal
surface (coefficient of friction = ). A horizontal
(1) 15 N, 10 N (2) 25 N, 5 N force is applied on the body, but it does not move.
(3) 10 N, 25 N (4) 5 N, 25 N The resultant of normal reaction and the frictional
force acting on the object is given by F, where F
34. The magnitude of acceleration of blocks of mass is, [NEET-2019 (Odisha)]
2 kg and 4 kg are a1 and a2 respectively. (Pulley
and strings are massless and g = 10 m/s2). The (1) F  mg (2) F  mg  mg
relation between a1 and a2 is
(3) F  mg (4) F  mg 1  2
F = 60 N
3. A particle moving with velocity V is acted by three
forces shown by the vector triangle PQR. The
velocity of the particle will : [NEET-2019]
P
2 kg
4 kg
R Q
(1) a1 = 2a2 (2) 2a1 = a2 (1) Increase
(3) a1 = 4a2 (4) a1 = a2 (2) Decrease
35. A coin placed on a rotating turn table just slips if (3) Remain constant

it is placed at a distance 4 cm from the centre. If (4) Change according to the smallest force QR
the angular velocity of the turn table is doubled, it 4. A block of mass 10 kg is in contact against the
will just slip at a distance of inner wall of a hollow cylindrical drum of radius 1
m. The coefficient of friction between the block and
(1) 3 cm (2) 4 cm
the inner wall of the cylinder is 0.1. The minimum
(3) 2 cm (4) 1 cm angular velocity needed for the cylinder to keep the
block stationary when the cylinder is vertical and
SECTION - C rotating about its axis, will be : (g  10 m/s2 )
Previous Years Questions [NEET-2019]
1. A truck is stationary and has a bob suspended by 10

(1) 10 rad/s (2) rad/s
a light string, in a frame attached to the truck. The 2
truck suddenly moves to the right with an
(3) 10 rad/s (4) 10rad/s
acceleration of a. The pendulum will tilt
[NEET-2019 (Odisha)] 5. Which one of the following statements is
incorrect? [NEET-2018]
(1) To the left and angle of inclination of the
(1) Rolling friction is smaller than sliding friction.
g 
pendulum with the vertical is tan1   (2) Limiting value of static friction is directly
a proportional to normal reaction.
(2) To the left and angle of inclination of the
(3) Coefficient of sliding friction has dimensions of
g
pendulum with the vertical is sin1   length.
a
(4) Frictional force opposes the relative motion.
6. A block of mass m is placed on a smooth 9. A car is negotiating a curved road of radius R. The
inclined wedge ABC of inclination  as shown in road is banked at an angle . The coefficient of
the figure. The wedge is given an acceleration a friction between the tyres of the car and the road
towards the right. The relation between a and  is s. The maximum safe velocity on this road is
for the block to remain stationary on the wedge is
[NEET-2016]
A
m
g s  tan  s  tan 
(1) (2) gR 2
R 2 1– s tan  1– s tan 
a
 s  tan  g s  tan 
C B (3) gR (4)
1– s tan  R 1– s tan 
[NEET-2018]
10. A plank with a box on it at one end is gradually
g g raised about the other end. As the angle of
(1) a  (2) a 
cosec  sin  inclination with the horizontal reaches 30º, the box
starts to slip and slides 4.0 m down the plank in
(3) a = g tan (4) a = g cos
4.0 s. The coefficients of static and kinetic friction
7. One end of string of length l is connected to a between the box and the plank will be, respectively
particle of mass ‘m’ and the other end is
connected to a small peg on a smooth horizontal [Re-AIPMT-2015]
table. If the particle moves in circle with speed ‘v’,
the net force on the particle (directed towards
center) will be (T represents the tension in the
string) [NEET-2017] mg
m v2 
(1) T (2) T 
l
(1) 0.4 and 0.3 (2) 0.6 and 0.6
m v2
(3) T  (4) Zero (3) 0.6 and 0.5 (4) 0.5 and 0.6
l
11. Two stones of masses m and 2 m are whirled in
8. A rigid ball of mass m strikes a rigid wall at 60°
and gets reflected without loss of speed as shown r
horizontal circles, the heavier one in a radius
in the figure below. The value of impulse imparted 2
by the wall on the ball will be and lighter one in radius r. The tangential speed of
lighter stone is n times that of the value of heavier
[NEET (Phase-2) 2016]
stone when they experience same centripetal
m forces. The value of n is [Re-AIPMT-2015]
v
(1) 1 (2) 2
60°
(3) 3 (4) 4
60°
12. Three blocks A, B and C of masses 4 kg, 2 kg
V and 1 kg respectively, are in contact on a
frictionless surface, as shown. If a force of 14 N is
(1) mv applied on the 4 kg block, then the contact force
(2) 2mv between A and B is [AIPMT-2015]
mv A B
(3) C
2
mv (1) 18 N (2) 2 N
(4)
3 (3) 6 N (4) 8 N
13. A block A of mass m1 rests on a horizontal table. 16. A balloon with m is descending down with an
A light string connected to it passes over a acceleration a (where a < g). How much mass
frictionless pulley at the edge of table and from its should be removed from it so that it starts moving
other end another block B of mass m 2 is up with an acceleration a? [AIPMT-2014]
suspended. The coefficient of kinetic friction
between the block and table is k. When the 2ma 2ma
(1) (2)
block A is sliding on the table, the tension in the g a g a
string is [AIPMT-2015]
ma ma
(3) (4)
m1m2 (1   k )g g a g a
(1)
(m1  m2 ) 17. The upper half of an inclined plane of inclination 
is perfectly smooth while lower half is rough. A
(m2  k m1 )g
(2) block starting from rest at the top of the plane will
(m1  m2 ) again come to rest at the bottom, if the coefficient
of friction between the block and lower half of the
(m2   k m1 )g
(3) plane is given by [NEET-2013]
(m1  m2 )
2
m1m2 (1   k )g (1)  = (2)  = 2tan
tan 
(4)
(m1  m2 )
1
(3)  = tan (4)  =
14. A system consists of three masses m1, m2 and m3 tan 
connected by a string passing over a pulley P. The 18. Three blocks with masses m, 2m and 3m are
mass m1 hangs freely and m2 and m3 are on a connected by strings, as shown in the figure. After
rough horizontal table (The coefficient of friction an upward force F is applied on block m, the
= ). The pulley is frictionless and of negligible masses move upward at constant speed v. What
mass. The downward acceleration of mass m1 is: is the net force on the block of mass 2m? (g is
(Assume m1 = m2 = m3 = m) [AIPMT-2014] the acceleration due to gravity) [NEET-2013]
m2 m3
P F
v
m
m1
2m
g 1  g   2g
(1) (2)
9 3
3m
g 1  2  g 1  2 
(3) (4) (1) 2mg (2) 3mg
3 2
15. The force F acting on a particle of mass m is (3) 6mg (4) Zero
indicated by the force-time graph shown below. The 19. An explosion breaks a rock into three parts in a
change in momentum of the particle over the time horizontal plane. Two of them go off at right angles
interval from 0 s to 8 s is [AIPMT-2014] to each other. the first part of mass 1 kg moves
with a speed of 12 m s–1 and the second part of
6
mass 2 kg moves with 8 m s–1 speed. If the third
3 part flies off with 4 m s–1 speed, then its mass is
F (N)
0 [NEET-2013]
2 4 6 8
–3
(1) 5 kg
t (s)
(2) 7 kg
(1) 24 N s (2) 20 N s (3) 17 kg
(3) 12 N s (4) 6 N s (4) 3 kg
20. A car of mass 1000 kg negotiates a banked curve 25. A block of mass m is in contact with the cart C as
of radius 90 m on a frictionless road. If the banking shown in the figure.
angle is 45°, the speed of the car is 
(1) 5 m s–1 C m
(2) 10 m s–1
(3) 20 m s–1
(4) 30 m s–1
The coefficient of static friction between the block
21. A car of mass m is moving on a level circular track and the cart is . The acceleration  of the cart
of radius R. If s represents the static friction that will prevent the block from falling satisfies:
between the road and tyres of the car, the [AIPMT (Prelims)-2010]
maximum speed of the car in circular motion is
given by [AIPMT (Mains)-2012] mg g
(1)  > (2)  >
 m
(1) s mRg
g g
Rg (3)   (4)  <
 
(2) s 26. A gramophone record is revolving with an angular
velocity . A coin is placed at a distance r from the
mRg
(3) centre of the record. The static coefficient of friction
s is . The coin will revolve with the record if:
(4) s Rg [AIPMT (Prelims)-2010]
22. A person of mass 60 kg is inside a lift of mass 2

(1) r = g2 (2) r<
940 kg and presses the button on control panel. g
The lift starts moving upwards with an acceleration
1 m/s 2 . If g = 10 m s –2 , the tension in the g g
(3) r< 2 (4) r
supporting cable is [AIPMT (Prelims)-2011]  2
27. A body, under the action of a force
(1) 1200 N
F  (6iˆ  8 jˆ  10kˆ ) N, acquires an acceleration of
(2) 8600 N
1 m/s2. The mass of this body must be:
(3) 9680 N [AIPMT (Prelims)-2009]
(4) 11000 N (1) 10 kg (2) 20 kg
23. A body of mass M hits normally a rigid wall with
velocity v and bounces back with the same (3) 10 2 kg (4) 2 10 kg
velocity. The impulse experienced by the body is 28. The mass of a lift is 2000 kg. When the tension in
[AIPMT (Prelims)-2011] the supporting cable is 28000 N, then its
acceleration is: [AIPMT (Prelims)-2009]
(1) Zero (2) Mv
(1) 4 m s–2 upwards (2) 4 m s–2 downwards
(3) 1.5Mv (4) 2Mv
(3) 14 m s–2 upwards (4) 30 m s–2 downwards
24. A conveyor belt is moving at a constant speed of
2 m/s. A box is gently dropped on it. The 29. Sand is being dropped on a conveyor belt at the rate
coefficient of friction between them is  = 0.5. The of M kg/s. The force necessary to keep the belt
distance that the box will move relative to belt moving with a constant velocity of v m/s will be
before coming to rest on it, taking g = 10 m s–2, is [AIPMT (Prelims)-2008]
[AIPMT (Mains)-2011] (1) Zero (2) Mv newton
(1) Zero (2) 0.4 m Mv
(3) 2Mv newton (4) newton
(3) 1.2 m (4) 0.6 m 2
30. Three forces acting on a body are shown in the 33. A 0.5 kg ball moving with a speed of 12 m/s strikes
figure. To have the resultant force only along the a hard wall at an angle of 30° with the wall. It is
y-direction, the magnitude of the minimum reflected with the same speed and at the same
additional force needed is angle. If the ball is in contact with the wall for
0.25 s, the average force acting on the wall is:
y
4N
1N
30°
30°
60°
x
30°
2N
(1) 3N
(2) 0.5 N
(1) 48 N (2) 24 N
(3) 1.5 N
(3) 12 N (4) 96 N
3
(4) N 34. A tube of length L is filled completely with an
4
incompressible liquid of mass M and closed at
31. A roller coaster is designed such that riders
both the ends. The tube is then rotated in a
experience ''weightlessness'' as they go round the
horizontal plane about one of its ends with a
top of a hill whose radius of curvature is 20 m. The
uniform angular velocity . The force exerted by
speed of the car at the top of the hill is between
the liquid at the other end is :
(1) 13 m/s and 14 m/s
ML2 ML2 
(2) 14 m/s and 15 m/s (1) (2)
2 2
(3) 15 m/s and 16 m/s
ML2 2
(4) 16 m/s and 17 m/s (3) ML2 (4)
2
32. A block B is pushed momentarily along a Questions asked Prior to Medical Ent. Exams. 2005
horizontal surface with an initial velocity v. If  is
35. A stone is dropped from a height h. It hits the
the coefficient of sliding friction between B and the
surface, block B will come to rest after a time ground with a certain momentum P. If the same
stone is dropped from a height 100% more than
the previous height, the momentum when it hits
B v
the ground will change by
(1) 68% (2) 41%
(3) 200% (4) 100%
v2 36. A mass m moving horizontally (along the x-axis)
(1)
g with velocity v collides and sticks to a mass of 3m
v moving vertically upward (along the y-axis) with
(2)
g velocity 2v. The final velocity of the combination is
g 2 ˆ 1 ˆ 3 ˆ 1 ˆ
(3) (1) vi  vj (2) vi  vj
v 3 3 2 4
g 1 ˆ 3 ˆ 1 ˆ 2 ˆ
(4) (3) vi  vj (4) vi  vj
v 4 2 3 3
37. An object is moving on a plane surface uniform 42. A satellite in force-free space sweeps stationary
velocity 10 m s–1 in presence of a force 10 N. interplanetary dust at a rate of dM/dt = v, where
The frictional force between the object and the M is mass and v is the speed of satellite and 
surface is is a constant. The tangential acceleration of
satellite is
(1) 1 N (2) –10 N
 v 2
(3) 10 N (4) 100 N (1) (2)  v 2
2M
38. A body of mass M starts sliding down on the
 2v 2  v 2
inclined plane where the critical angle is (3) (4)
M M
ACB = 30° as shown in figure. The coefficient of
43. A man fires a bullet of mass 200 gm at a speed
kinetic friction will be
of 5 m/s. The gun is of one kg mass. By what
velocity the gun rebounds backward?
30° (1) 1 m/s (2) 0.01 m/s
(3) 0.1 m/s (4) 10 m/s
44. A 10 N force is applied on a body produces in it an
acceleration of 1 m/s2. The mass of the body is
A B
(1) 15 kg (2) 20 kg
Mg
(1) (2) 3Mg (3) 10 kg (4) 5 kg
3
45. A force of 6 N acts on a body at rest and of mass
(3) 3 (4) None of these
1 kg. During this time, the body attains a velocity
39. In non-inertial frame, the second law of motion is of 30 m/s. The time for which the force acts on the
written as body is
(1) 7 second (2) 5 second
(1) F  ma (2) F  ma  F p
(3) 10 second (4) 8 second

(3) F  ma  F p (4) F  2ma 46. A shell, in flight, explodes into four unequal parts.
Which of the following is conserved?
where F p is a pseudo-force while a is the
acceleration of the body relative to non-inertial (1) Potential energy
frame. (2) Momentum
40. A person holding a rifle (mass of person and rifle (3) Kinetic energy
together is 100 kg) stands on a smooth surface
and fires 10 shots horizontally, in 5 s. Each bullet (4) Both (1) & (3)
has a mass of 10 g with a muzzle velocity of 800 47. A 5000 kg rocket is set for vertical firing. The
ms–1. The final velocity acquired by the person and exhaust speed is 800 m s–1. To give an initial
the average force exerted on the person are upward acceleration of 20 m s–2, the amount of
(1) –1.6 m s–1; 8 N (2) –0.08 m s–1; 16 N gas ejected per second to supply the needed
thrust will be (g = 10 m s–2)
(3) –0.8 m s–1; 16 N (4) –1.6 m s–1; 16 N
(1) 185.5 kg s–1 (2) 187.5 kg s–1
41. In a rocket, fuel burns at the rate of 1 kg/s. This
(3) 127.5 kg s–1 (4) 137.5 kg s–1
fuel is ejected from the rocket with a velocity of
60 km/s. This exerts a force on the rocket equal 48. A bullet is fired from a gun. The force on the bullet
to is given by F = 600 – 2  105 t, where F is in
newton and t in second. The force on the bullet
(1) 6000 N
becomes zero as soon as it leaves the barrel.
(2) 60000 N What is the impulse imparted to the bullet?
(3) 60 N (1) 9 N s (2) Zero
(4) 600 N (3) 1.8 N s (4) 0.9 N s
49. A ball of mass 0.25 kg attached to the end of a 55. A man is slipping on a frictionless inclined plane
string of length 1.96 m is moving in a horizontal and a bag falls down from the same height. Then
circle. The string will break if the tension is more the velocity of both is related as (VB = velocity of
than 25 N. What is the maximum speed with bag and Vm = velocity of man)
which the ball can be moved? (1) VB > Vm
(1) 5 m/s (2) 3 m/s (2) VB < Vm
(3) 14 m/s (4) 3.92 m/s (3) VB = Vm
50. A mass of 1 kg is suspended by a thread. It is (4) VB and Vm can’t be related
(i) lifted up with an acceleration 4.9 m/s 2, (ii)
lowered with an acceleration 4.9 m/s2. The ratio of 56. A body of mass 3 kg moving with velocity 10 m/s
the tensions is hits a wall at an angle of 60° and returns at the
same angle. The impact time was 0.2 s. Calculate
(1) 1 : 3 (2) 1 : 2 the force exerted on the wall.
(3) 3 : 1 (4) 2 : 1
51. If the force on a rocket, that releases the exhaust
gases with a velocity of 300 m/s is 210 N, then 60º
the rate of combustion of the fuel is
(1) 0.07 kg/s (2) 1.4 kg/s 60º
(3) 0.7 kg/s (4) 10.7 kg/s
52. A 500 kg car takes a round turn of radius 50 m
with a velocity of 36 km/h. The centripetal force is (1) 150 3 N (2) 50 3 N
(1) 1000 N (2) 750 N (3) 100 N (4) 75 N
(3) 250 N (4) 1200 N 57. A cricketer catches a ball of mass 150 g in
53. Two masses as shown are suspended from a 0.1 s moving with speed 20 m/s, then he
massless pulley. Calculate the acceleration of the experiences force of
10 kg mass when masses are left free (1) 300 N (2) 30 N
(3) 3 N (4) 0.3 N
58. On the horizontal surface of a truck, a block of
mass 1 kg is placed ( = 0.6) and truck is moving
with acceleration 5 m/s2 then the frictional force
5 kg on the block will be
10 kg
(1) 5 N (2) 6 N
2g g (3) 5.88 N (4) 8 N
(1) (2)
3 3
59. An object of mass 3 kg is at rest. Now a force
g g
(3) (4) F  (6t 2 iˆ  4tjˆ) N is applied on the object then
9 7
velocity of object at t = 3 s is
54. A mass of 1 kg is thrown up with a velocity of
100 m/s. After 5 second, it explodes into two (1) (18iˆ  3 jˆ) m/s (2) (18iˆ  6 ˆj ) m/s
parts. One part of mass 400 g moves down with
a velocity 25 m/s. Calculate the velocity of other (3) (3iˆ  18 jˆ) m/s (4) (18iˆ  4 ˆj ) m/s
part just after the explosion. (g = 10 ms–2) 60. A block of mass 10 kg placed on rough horizontal
surface having coefficient of friction  = 0.5, if a
(1) 40 m/s 
horizontal force of 100 N is acting on it then
(2) 40 m/s  acceleration of the block will be (g = 10 m s–2)
(3) 100 m/s  (1) 10 m/s2 (2) 5 m/s2
(4) 60 m/s  (3) 15 m/s2 (4) 0.5 m/s2
61. A lift of mass 1000 kg is moving with acceleration 66. A car is moving in a circular horizontal track of
of 1 m/s2 in upward direction, then the tension radius 10 m with a constant speed of 10 m/s. A
developed in string which is connected to lift is bob is suspended from the roof of the car by a light
wire of length 1.0 m. The angle made by the wire
(1) 9800 N (2) 10,800 N
with the vertical is
(3) 11,000 N (4) 10,000 N
(1) 0°
62. A monkey of mass 20 kg is holding a vertical rope.

The rope will not break when a mass of 25 kg is (2)
3
suspended from it but will break if the mass
exceeds 25 kg. What is the maximum 
(3)
acceleration with which the monkey can climb up 6
along the rope? (g = 10 m/s2)

(1) 5 m/s2 (2) 10 m/s2 (4)
4
(3) 25 m/s2 (4) 2.5 m/s2 67. A man of 50 kg mass is standing in a gravity free
63. A man weighs 80 kg. He stands on a weighing space at a height of 10 m above the floor. He
scale in a lift which is moving upwards with a throws a stone of 0.5 kg mass downwards with a
uniform acceleration of 5 m/s2. What would be the speed 2 m/s. When the stone reaches the floor,
reading on the scale? (g = 10 m/s2) the distance of the man above the floor will be
(1) Zero (2) 400 N (1) 20 m
(3) 800 N (4) 1200 N (2) 9.9 m
64. The coefficient of static function, (s) between (3) 10.1 m

block A of mass 2 kg and the table as shown in
(4) 10 m
the figure is 0.2. What would be the maximum
mass value of block B so that the two blocks do SECTION - D
not move? (The string and the pulley are
assumed to be smooth and massless) NEET Booster Questions
2 kg A 1. Two blocks of masses 2 kg and 4 kg are connected

by a massless string which is just taut. Now two
forces 3 N and 14 N are applied on blocks. The
tension in the string is
B 14 N 3N
4 kg 2 kg
(1) 2.0 kg  = 0.4  = 0.3
(2) 4.0 kg (1) 24.3 N

(3) 0.2 kg (2) 20 N
(4) 0.4 kg (3) 6 N
65. A block of mass m is placed on a smooth wedge (4) Zero
of inclination . The whole system is accelerated
horizontally so that the block does not slip on the 2. A particle of mass ‘m’ is moving on a circular path
wedge. The force exerted by the wedge on the of radius ‘r’ with uniform speed ‘v’. Rate of change
of linear momentum is
block (g is acceleration due to gravity) will be
(1) mgcos (1) Zero
(2) mgsin (2) Independent of speed
(3) mg (3) Proportional to radius ‘r’
(4) mg/cos (4) Proportional to v2
3. A Diwali cracker of mass 60 g at rest, explodes into 7. A block of mass M is pulled vertically upwards
three pieces A, B and C of mass 10 g, 20 g and through a rope of mass m by applying force F on
30 g respectively. After explosion velocities of A and one end of the rope. What force does the rope
B are 30 m/s along east and 20 m/s along north exert on the block?
respectively. The instantaneous velocity of C will be F
20
(1) m/s, 37º South of West
3 m
50
(2) m/s, 37º South of East
3
50 M
(3) m/s, 53º South of West
3 m M
(1) F (2) F
M m
20 mF MF
(4) m/s, 53º South of East
3 (3) (4)
M m M m
4. In the arrangement, shown in figure, pulleys A and 8. A 3 kg mass attached to a spring scale rests on
B are massles and frictionless and threads are frictionless surface as shown in figure. The spring
ideal. Block of mass m1 will remain at rest if scale attached to the front end of a box car, reads
15 N when the car is in motion. If the spring reads
zero when the car is at rest, determine
acceleration of the car while it is in motion
A
3 kg
m1 m2 m3
(1) 1 m s–2 (2) 3 m s–2

1 2 3 (3) 5 m s–2 (4) 10 m s–2
(1) m  m  m (2) m1 = m2 = m3
3 2 1 9. A bob of mass m is connected by string of length
L to point P. The system is released from rest with
4 1 1 1 1 1 the pendulum bob in a horizontal position. Which
(3) m  m  m (4) m  m  m of the following graph is correctly showing the
1 2 3 1 2 3
variation of T (tension) with ?
5. A block of mass m is placed on a smooth wedge P
of inclination . The whole system is accelerated

horizontally so that the block does not slip on the
wedge. The force exerted by the wedge on the
block has a magnitude
mg (1) T (2) T
(1) mg (2)
cos 
(3) mg cos (4) mg sin
6. A vehicle is moving at a speed of 30 m/s on a  
90° 90°
circular road of radius 450 m. Its speed is
(3) T (4)
increasing at a rate of 2 m/s2. The acceleration of T
particle at this instant is
(1) 2.8 m/s2 (2) 4 m/s2
 
(3) 2 m/s2 (4) Zero 90° 90°
10. Consider an inclined plane whose upper half is 14. Position time graph of a body of mass 5 kg is
rough while lower half is smooth. Friction given in the diagram. The impulse on body at
coefficient of the rough surface is =0.8 . A heavy t = 3 s, is
rope of mass M is placed on the inclined plane
such that it remains in equilibrium. What minimum x(m)
fraction of rope is required on rough surface for
equilibrium? 18
rou 12
gh
6
smo
oth
1 2 3 4 5 t(s)
37°
15 1
(1) (2) (1) 30iˆ kg m s1 (2) 30iˆ kg m s1
16 16
1 3 (3) 6iˆ kg m s1 (4) 6iˆ kg m s1
(3) (4)
15 4 15. Select the correct statement with respect to the
11. A heavy particle hanging from a string of length l given situation.
is projected horizontally with speed gl . Find the
speed of the particle at the point where the tension
in the string equals weight of the particle.
3gl 2gl M1
(1) (2) M2
gl gl
(3) (4) 
3 2
12. A ball of mass m is thrown upwards with a
velocity v. If air exerts an average resisting force R, (1) If M1sin > M1cos + M2, block M1 moves
the velocity with which the ball returns to the upward
thrower is (2) If M1sin > M1cos + M2, block M1 moves
downward
mg R
(1) v (2) v (3) If M1sin > M1cos – M2, block M1 moves
mg  R mg  R
downward
mg  R mg  R
(3) v (4) v (4) Both (1) & (3)
mg  R mg
16. If acceleration of block m1 is a downward then
13. The value of |T1 – T2|, in the given diagram, is acceleration of block m2 will be
60° 30°
T2 T1
a
M1
M2

10 kg (1) 2a upward
5 kg
(2) a upward
200 200
(1) ( 3  1) (2) ( 3  1) a
3 3 (3) upward
200 2
(3) ( 3  1) (4) 200( 3  1)
3 (4) 2a downward
17. The value of acceleration and friction force in the 21. A block of mass m, is kept on a wedge of mass M,
given diagram is as shown in figure such that mass m remains
stationary w.r.t. wedge. The magnitude of force P is
S = 0.4 P m
12 kg M
K = 0.3

0N
50 53º (1) g tan  (2) mg tan 
=
F
(3) (m + M)g tan  (4) mg cot 
(1) 4 m/s2 upward, 120 N 22. Force acting on a body varies with time as shown below.

(2) 4 m/s2 downward, 120 N If initial momentum of the body is p , then the time

(3) 5 m/s2 upward, 36 N taken by the body to retain its momentum p again is
(4) 5 m/s2 upward, 120 N (in N)
18. A block of weight 1 N rests on an inclined plane F
of inclination  with the horizontal. The coefficient 1
of friction between the block and the inclined plane 4
is .The minimum force that has to be applied O 2 t (sec)
parallel to the inclined plane to make the body just
move up the plane is (1) 8 s (2) ( 4  2 2 ) s
(1)  sin
(3) 6 s (4) Can never obtain
(2)  cos 23. In the figure shown, horizontal force F1 is applied on
(3)  cos – sin a block but the block does not slide. Then as the
magnitude of vertical force F2 is increased from zero
(4)  cos + sin the block begins to slide; the correct statement is
19. If a pushing force making an angle  with
horizontal is applied on a block of mass m placed
on horizontal table and angle of friction is , then
minimum magnitude of force required to move the F1
block is
(1) The magnitude of normal reaction on block
mg sin  mg sin 
(1) (2) increases
cos[  ] cos[  ]
(2) Static frictional force acting on the block
mg sin  mg cos  increases
(3) (4)
sin[  ] cos[  ] (3) Maximum value of static frictional force
decreases
20. A 40 kg slab rests on a frictionless floor. A 10 kg
block rests on top of the slab. The coefficient of (4) All of these
friction between the block and the slab is 0.40. The 24. Arrangement of two block system is as shown. The
10 kg block is acted upon by a horizontal force of net force acting on 1 kg and 2 kg blocks are (assuming
100 N. If g = 10 m/s2, the resulting acceleration of the surfaces to be frictionless) respectively
the slab will be
100 N
10 kg F = 6N 1 kg 2 kg
40 kg (1) 4 N, 8 N
(2) 1 N, 2 N
(1) 1.0 m/s2 (2) 1.47 m/s2
(3) 2 N, 4 N
(3) 1.52 m/s2 (4) 6.1 m/s2
(4) 3 N, 6 N
25. An open carriage in a goods train is moving with a 30. A monkey of mass 40 kg climbs up a rope, of
uniform velocity of 10 m/s. If the rain adds water with breaking load 600 N hanging from a ceiling. If it
zero velocity at the rate of 5 kg/s, then the additional climbs up the rope with the maximum possible
force required by the engine to maintain the same acceleration, then the time taken by monkey to
velocity of the train is climb up is [Length of rope is 10 m]
(1) 0.5 N (2) 20 N (1) 2 s (2) 1 s
(3) 50 N (4) Zero (3) 4 s (4) 3 s
26. A dynamometer D is attached to two blocks of 31. The tension T in the string shown in figure is
masses 6 kg and 4 kg as shown in the figure. The
reading of the dynamometer is
6 kg 4 kg T
50 N 30 N X
Dynamometer
kg 7
(1) 18 N (2) 28 N 10 = 0 .

(3) 38 N (4) 48 N
27. Figure shows two blocks connected by a light 30°
inextensible string as shown in figure. A force of
10 N is applied on the bigger block at 60° with
horizontal, then the tension in the string connecting (1) Zero (2) 50 N
the two masses is
10 N (3) 35 3 N (4) ( 3  1) 50 N
32. An object of mass 2 kg at rest at origin starts

60° moving under the action of a force
2 kg 3 kg

F  (3t 2 iˆ  4tjˆ) N
Smooth surface
The velocity of the object at t = 2 s will be
(1) 5 N (2) 2 N
(3) 1 N (4) 3 N (1) (3iˆ  2 jˆ) m/s
28. What is the acceleration of 3 kg mass when
acceleration of 2 kg mass is 2 m/s2 as shown? (2) (2iˆ  4 jˆ) m/s
F = 10 N (3) (4iˆ  4 jˆ) m/s

3 kg 2 kg
smooth 2 (4) (3iˆ  4 jˆ) m/s
2 m/s
(1) 3 m/s2 (2) 2 m/s2 33. The magnitude of force acting on a particle moving
along x-axis varies with time (t) as shown in figure.
(3) 0.5 m/s2 (4) Zero
If at t = 0 the velocity of particle is v0, then its
29. What is the minimum value of F needed so that velocity at t = T0 will be
block begins to move upward on frictionless incline
plane as shown? F
F F0
 Semi-circle
M 0 t
T0

F0T0 F0
  (1) v0  (2) v 0 
(1) Mg tan   (2) Mg cot   4m 2m
2 2
Mg sin   T02 F0T0
(3) (4) Mg sin   (3) v 0  (4) v0 
(1  sin ) 2 4m m

34. Three forces F 1  (2iˆ  4 jˆ) N; F 2  (2 j  k ) N and
F(N)
5
F3  (kˆ – 4iˆ – 2 jˆ) N are applied on an object of
mass 1 kg at rest at origin. The position of the (3) t(s)
0 2 4 6 8
object at t = 2 s will be
(1) (–2 m, –6 m) (2) (–4 m, 8 m) –5
(3) (3 m, 6 m) (4) (2 m, –3 m)
35. A projectile is fired with velocity u at an angle 
F(N)
with horizontal. At the highest point of its trajectory 5
it splits up into three segments of masses m, m
and 2m. First part falls vertically downward with (4) t(s)
0 2 4 6 8
zero initial velocity and second part returns via
same path to the point of projection. The velocity –5
of third part of mass 2m just after explosion will be
3 38. Which of the following is self adjusting force?

(1) u cos (2) u cos θ
2 (1) Sliding friction
5 (2) Dynamic friction
(3) 2u cos (4) u cos θ
2 (3) Static friction
36. A 6000 kg rocket is set for firing. If the exhaust speed
(4) Limiting friction
is 1000 m/s, how much gas must be ejected each
second to supply the thrust needed to overcome the 39. A block of 10 kg mass is placed on a rough inclined
weight of the rocket? surface as shown in figure. The acceleration of the
block will be
(1) 30 kg (2) 40 kg
(3) 50 kg (4) 60 kg
37. The momentum p of an object varies with time (t) 10 kg
as shown in figure. The corresponding force
µs = 1
(F)-time (t) graph is
30°
µk = 0.8
p (kg m/s)
(1) Zero (2) g

10
g 3g
(3) (4)
2 2
40. A block (mass = M kg) is placed on a rough inclined
t(s) plane. A force F is applied parallel to the inclined (as
0 2 4 6 8 shown in figure) such that it just starts moving upward.
F(N) The value of F is
5
(1) 0 t(s)
2 4 6 8 M
–5 F
µ
F(N)
5
(1) Mg sin  – μMg cos 
(2) 0 t(s) (2) Mg sin  + μMg cos 
2 4 6 8
(3) Mg sin 
–5
(4) Mg cos 
41. Figure shows two block system, 4 kg block rests on 45. Coefficient of friction between A and B is . The
a smooth horizontal surface, upper surface of 4 kg minimum force F with which A will be pushed such
is rough. A block of mass 2 kg is placed on its that B will not slip down is
upper surface. The acceleration of upper block with A
respect to earth when 4 kg mass is pulled by a force B
F m
of 30 N, is M
2 kg Frictionless
Mg mg
4 kg 30 N (1) (2)
 
s = 0.8
(M  m )g (M  m )g
k = 0.6 (3) (4)
 
(1) 6 m/s2
46. A block of mass 10 kg is held at rest against a
(2) 5 m/s2
rough vertical wall [ = 0.5] under the action a
(3) 8 m/s2 force F as shown in figure. The minimum value of
(4) 2 m/s2 F required for it is (g = 10 m/s2)
42. A car accelerates on a horizontal road due to force
exerted by
(1) The engine of the car
10 kg
(2) The driver of the car
(3) The earth as weight of the car F
(4) The road 30°

43. A force F  iˆ  4 ˆj acts on the block shown. The (1) 162.6 N (2) 89.7 N
force of friction acting on the block is (3) 42.7 N (4) 95.2 N
y F 47. A block is projected with speed 20 m/s on a rough
horizontal surface. The coefficient of friction ()
x 1 kg
 = 0.3 between the surfaces varies with time (t) as shown
in figure. The speed of body at the end of 4 second
(1) –iˆ will be (g = 10 m/s2)

(2) –18iˆ
0.5
(3) –2.4iˆ
0.3
(4) –3iˆ
44. Two blocks of mass M and m are kept on the t(s)
trolley whose all surfaces are smooth, select the 0 2 4
correct statement. (1) 2 m/s (2) 5 m/s
M (3) 7.2 m/s (4) 9.5 m/s
F M0 m 48. The frictional force acting on 1 kg block is
1 kg
(1) If F = 0, blocks cannot remain stationary = 0.5
(2) For one unique value of F, blocks will be 100 kg 10 N
stationary
(Smooth surface)
(3) Blocks cannot be stationary for any value of F
because all surfaces are smooth (1) 0.1 N (2) 2 N
(4) Both (1) & (2) (3) 0.5 N (4) 5 N
49. A block of mass m is at rest on a rough inclined 53. In the figure, a ball of mass m is tied with two
plane of angle of inclination . If coefficient of strings of equal length as shown. If the rod is
friction between the block and the inclined plane is rotated with angular velocity , then
, then the minimum value of force along the plane
required to move the block on the plane is 
(1) mg[cos – sin] l
T1
(2) mg[sin + cos] m
l
(3) mg[cos + sin] T2
l
(4) mg[sin – cos]
rod
50. A block of mass m takes time t to slide down on
a smooth inclined plane of angle of inclination  (1) T1 > T2
and height h. If same block slides down on a
rough inclined plane of same angle of inclination (2) T2 > T1
and same height and takes time n times of initial (3) T1 = T2
value, then coefficient friction between block and T2
inclined plane is (4) T1 
6
 1 54. A particle describes a horizontal circle of radius r
(1) [1 + n2] tan  (2) 1  2  tan 
 n  on the smooth surface of an inverted cone as
shown. The height of plane of circle above vertex
 1
(3) [1 – n2] tan  (4) 1  2  tan  is h. The speed of particle should be
 n 
51. A block of weight W is supported by three strings as
shown in figure. Which of the following relations is
true for tension in the strings? (Here T1, T2 and T3
are the tension in the strings A, B and C respectively) r
h

B
135°
(1) rg
A C
W (2) 2rg
(3) gh
(1) T1 = T2
(2) T1 = T3 (4) 2gh
(3) T2 = T3 55. If the string of a conical pendulum makes an

angle  with horizontal, then square of its time
(4) T1 = T2 = T3 period is proportional to
52. Which of the following quantity/quantities are (1) sin
dependent on the choice of orientation of the
co-ordinate axes? (2) cos
(3) tan
(a) a  b
(4) cot
(b) 3a x  2by 56. The acceleration vector of a particle in uniform circular
motion averaged over the cycle is a null vector. This
(c) (a  b  c ) statement is
(1) Only (b) (1) True
(2) Both (a) & (b) (2) False
(3) Both (a) & (c) (3) May be true
(4) Both (b) & (c) (4) May be false
57. A particle of mass m moves with constant speed v r

g
on a circular path of radius r as shown in figure. The (1) (2)
average force on it during its motion from A to B is r g
g
v (3) (4) rg
r
A 59. Figure shows two cases. In first case a spring (spring
constant K) is pulled by two equal and opposite forces
° F at both ends and in second case is pulled by a
30
B force F at one end. Extensions (x) in the springs will be

2
3mv F F
(1)
2r case(1)
2
mv F
(2)
r case(2)
2
2 3mv
(3) 2F
r (1) In both cases x 
K
3 3mv 2
(4) F
4r (2) In both cases x 
K
58. A person stands in contact against the inner wall
of a rotor of radius r. The coefficient of friction 2F F
between the wall and the clothing is  and the rotor (3) In first case x  , in second case x 
K K
is rotating about vertical axis. The minimum
angular speed of the rotor so that the person does F 2F
not slip downward is (4) In first case x  , in second case x 
K K

Chapter 4
Motion in a Plane
Chapter Contents
z Scalars and vectors SCALARS AND VECTORS
z Types of vectors z Scalars

These are physical quantities which need only a magnitude. For
z Multiplication of Vectors by
example mass, temperature, etc.
Real Numbers
z Vectors
z Addition and Subtraction of
A vector has magnitude and direction as well, and it follows rules of
Vectors
vector addition (Commutative Law i.e. A  B  B  A ). Some vectors are
z Resolution of a Vector displacement, velocity, acceleration, force etc.
z Motion in Plane with TYPES OF VECTORS

Constant Acceleration
(A) Unit Vector : A vector whose magnitude is unity is called a unit
Relative Motion in Two
z vector. If a be a vector whose magnitude is a, then the
Dimensions corresponding unit vector is represented by
Y(j)

z Crossing a River a a
aˆ  
|a| a
z Projectile Motion
X(i)
a  | a | aˆ  a aˆ
z Circular Motion
z Unit vector has no unit. Z (k)
The unit vector along axes X, Y and Z are represented by
iˆ, ˆj and kˆ respectively.
(B) Like Vectors : Two vectors are said to be like or parallel vectors
if their directions are same. Also parallel vectors can be represented

as multiples of each other. i.e., if a and b are two parallel vectors

then b can be represented in multiples of a as

b = m a, where m is a positive constant.
(C) Equal Vectors : Two vectors having same magnitude and same

direction, are said to be equal vectors. e.g., if a and b are equal

vectors then a  b .
74 Motion in a Plane NEET
(D) Negative or Opposite Vectors : Two vectors are said to be opposite vectors if their magnitudes are same

but they are oppositely directed i.e, if a and b are opposite vectors then b = – a i.e., a + b = 0
MULTIPLICATION OF VECTORS BY REAL NUMBERS

When a vector A is multiplied by a real number n, the quantity obtained is a vector nA whose magnitude
is n times that of the original vector.

| nA |  n | A | . Its direction might be the same or opposite to that of the original vector depending upon whether
n is positive or negative.

(i) If n is a positive number, nA and A have the same direction.
A
i.e.,
nA

(ii) If n is a negative number, nA and A have opposite directions.
A
i.e.,
nA

(iii) If n is zero, the magnitude of nA is also zero. Such a vector, whose magnitude is zero is called a zero

vector or a null vector and is denoted by 0 .

0A  0
Since the magnitude of a null vector is zero, its direction cannot be specified.
ADDITION AND SUBTRACTION OF VECTORS
z Addition of Vectors
Resultant of two or more vectors is a vectors which produces same effect as produced by all vectors

taken together. The process of finding the resultant is known as vector addition e.g. C  A  B
When 0 < < 90° When 180° >  > 90°
C B B
C
   
A A

|C |  A2  B2  2 AB cos 
B sin 
tan  
A  B cos 
Case - I : When  = 0°
A
| C |max  | A |  | B | B
Case - II :  = 180°
A

| C |min  | A | ~ | B |
B B
Case - III :


| A |  | B |, | C |  2 | A | cos , and direction of resultant  = /2 A
2
NEET Motion in a Plane 75

Case - IV : | C |  | A |  | B |    120
120°

Case - V :  = 90° A
B  90°
A2 + B2 = C 2 A  B i.e.  = 90°, tan  
A
A

z | C |  (| A |  | B |) and | C |  (| A | ~ | B |)
z Subtraction of Vectors

C  A  B  A  ( B ) B

| C |  A2  B 2  2AB cos   A
180° 
B sin  (–B)
tan   C
A  B cos 

z If | A  B |  | A  B |

 A  B , | A  B |  | A  B |  A2  B 2

z If | A |  | B | then | A  B |  2A sin /2
RESOLUTION OF A VECTOR
z Rectangular Component

The vector a shown in figure has magnitude a and is making an angle with positive direction of X-axis.
Using triangle law: Y

OA  OM  MA A
a
ˆ ˆ
a  ax i  ay j ay

Here, ax is the x-component of a and ay is the y-component of a 
X
OM ax MA ay O ax M
Also cosθ   and sinθ  
OA a OA a
i.e., ax = a cos
ay = a sin
 ay 
 a  ax2  ay2 and   tan1  
 ax 
From the above relations, if a and  are known, then ax and ay can be found and vice-versa.
z The rectangular component of vector on that axis from which angle () is given will be of cos and other
rectangular component will be of sin.
z The component of a vector may be greater than vector.
z Rectangular component of a vector can never be greater than vector, may be equal to vector.

z If a vector A makes angle ,  and  from x, y and z axis respectively then
y
Ax = A cos
A
Ay = A cos 

x
Az = A cos 
, cos
cos  and cos called direction cosines. z

z If vector A  Ax iˆ  Ay ˆj  Az kˆ

| A |  Ax2  Ay2  Az2
A Ax
Angle of vector from x-axis, cos   x 
| A| Ax2  Ay2  Az2
Ay
Angle of vector from y-axis, cos  
Ax2  Ay2  Az2
Az
Angle of vector from z-axis, cos  
Ax2  Ay2  Az2
cos2 + cos2 + cos2 = 1
sin2 + sin2 + sin2 = 2

Example 1 : Calculate the angle of A  3iˆ  4 ˆj  5kˆ from z-axis.

Solution : | A |  9  16  25  5 2
A 5 1
cos   z  
| A| 5 2 2
  = 45°

Example 2 : Find the resultant of two vectors P  3iˆ  2 ˆj and Q  2iˆ  3 ˆj .

Solution : Let R  P  Q
 (3i  2 j )  (2i  3 j )

R  5i  5 j
This gives the resultant vector.

Magnitude of R  25  25  5 2
5
Orientation of R ,   tan–1  
5
= 45° with x-axis

Example 3 : If x and y components of a vector P have numerical values 5 and 6 respectively and that of P  Q

have magnitudes 10 and 9, find the magnitude of Q.
Solution : According to the question

P  5i  6 j

and P  Q  10i  9 j

 Q  (10i  9 j )  (P )

= (10i  9 j )  ( P )
= 10i  9 j  5i  6 j
= (10  5)i  (9  6) j

 Q  5i  3 j

or | Q |  52  32
= 25  9

| Q |  34
3
Angle that Q makes with positive x-axis,  = tan–1  
5
EXERCISE
1. The vector quantity among the following is
(1) Mass (2) Time
(3) Distance (4) Displacement

2. A  B can also be written as

(1) A  B (2) B  A

(3) B  A (4) B . A
3. Which of the following represents a unit vector?

|A| A
(1) (2)
A |A|

A |A|
(3) (4)
A |A|
4. A vector is added to an equal and opposite vector of similar nature, forms a
(1) Unit vector (2) Position vector
(3) Null vector (4) Displacement vector
5. Unit vector does not have any
(1) Direction (2) Magnitude
(3) Unit (4) All of these
6. The magnitude of i  j is
(1) 2 (2) 0
(3) 2 (4) 4
7. A vector multiplied by the number 0, results into

(1) 0 (2) A

(3) 0 (4) A

8. If P  Q  0, then which of the following is necessarily true?

(1) P  0 (2) P  Q

(3) Q  0 (4) P  Q

9. If P  Q  P  Q, then

(1) P  0 (2) Q  0

(3) | P |  1 (4) | Q |  1
10. The maximum number of rectangular components in which a vector can be resolved in a plane, is
(1) Infinite (2) Four
(3) Two (4) One
MOTION IN PLANE WITH CONSTANT ACCELERATION

Let a particle is at O at t = 0

r0  0iˆ  0 ˆj

At time t it reaches P with constant acceleration a  ax iˆ  ay ˆj , then position at time t

r  xiˆ  yjˆ y
1 2 P(t)
x = ux t  ax t
2
vx = ux + ax t y
vx2 – ux2 = 2ax x

x
(0, 0)
x
1 t=0
y = uy t  ay t 2
2
vy = uy + ay t
vy2 – uy2 = 2ay y
RELATIVE MOTION IN TWO DIMENSIONS
(1) Direction of Umbrella : It is the direction of relative velocity of rain.

Umbrella
vR
vRM

vR  vR
vM Þ
vM –vM
vM
tan   with vertical in forward direction.
vR

(2) Closest approach between A and B having velocities vA and vB initially at separation x as shows
in figure
Relative velocity of A with respect to B is,

v AB  v A  vB
–vB
vA vB
A B vAB vA
vA
x tan = v
B

–vB
The above situation is similar as shown in figure
) on
. B ti
r.t o
w. f m
A no
of tio
c
ire
(D
vAB y
90°
 v=0
A x B
‘y’ is the distance of closest approach.
y
Now, sin  
x
 y = x sin
x tan 
y

1  tan2 
(3) n persons are standing at the vertices of a regular n-sided polygon of side a. Each person starts moving
towards the person standing at the adjacent corner with same speed v.
(i) The persons will meet at the centre of the polygon after a time
a
t
 2 
 v  v cos 
 n 
D
/n
2
v
C
v 2/n
v A B
a
(ii) In this time each person will cover a distance of
a
d v t 
 2 
 1  cos 
 n 
Case - I :
It is an equilateral triangle, put n = 3
a a 2a
t   
 2  v 3v
 v  v cos  v 
 3  2
2a
d 
3
Case - II :
It is a square, put n = 4
a a
t  
 2  v
 v  v cos 
 4 
d=a
Case - III :
It is a hexagon, put n = 6
a 2a
t   , d  2a
 v v
v  
 2
CROSSING A RIVER
v = velocity of the man in still water. y
= angle at which man swims w.r.t. normal to bank
D
B
v x  v sin iˆ, v y  v cos ˆj
z Time taken to cross the river v d
d d  v cos
t 
v y v cos  x
v sin A u
Velocity along the river = drift velocity along the river
v x  u  v sin 
z Distance drifted along the river D = t v x

d
D (u  v sin )
v cos 
Case I :
Minimum time taken to cross the river
For shortest time
v cos = maximum
 cos = 1, = 0°, u v
d
tmin =
v
Distance drifted
ud
D
v
Case II :
Shortest path = AB
D = 0  u – v sin = 0
u v
sin    (v > u)
v u
Time taken to cross the river straight across 
d d B A
t  v2 - u2
v cos  v  u2
2

Example 4 : The position of a particle is expressed as r  (4t 2 iˆ  2tjˆ) m, where t is time in second. Find the
velocity of the particle at t = 3 s.

Solution : r  (4t 2 iˆ  2tjˆ) m

dr d d
Velocity v   i ( 4t 2 )  j (2t )
dt dt dt

v  (8t )i  2 j
At t = 3 s, velocity is given by

v t 3  (8  3)i  2 j

v t  3  (24i  2 j ) m s1

Magnitude | v t 3 |  (24)2  22
= 580
= 24.08 m s–1
 2 
Direction   tan1  
 24 
1  1 
= tan  
 12 
 1
Thus the particle has velocity 24.08 m s–1 at an angle tan1   with x-axis.
 12 

Example 5 : An object has a velocity v  (2i  4 j ) m /s at time t = 0 s. It undergoes a constant acceleration

a  (i  3 j ) m /s 2 for 4 s. Then
(i) Find the co-ordinates of the object if it is at origin at t = 0.

(ii) Find the magnitude of its velocity at the end of 4 s.
Solution : (i) Here original position of the object

r0  x0 iˆ  y 0 ˆj  0i  0 j ,

Initial velocity v 0  v 0 x iˆ  v 0 y jˆ  2i  4 j

a  ax iˆ  ay ˆj  i  3 j
And t = 4 s
Let the final co-ordinates of the object be (x, y).
1 1
x  x0  v 0 x t  ax t 2 = 0  2  4  (1)  42
2 2
x = 16
1 1
and y  y 0  v 0 y t  ay t 2 = 0  4  4  ( 3)  42
2 2
y = –8
Therefore the object lies at (16, –8) at t = 4 s.
(ii) Using equation,

v  v 0  at

 v  (2i  4 j )  (i  3 j )  4
 (2i  4 j )  (4i  12 j )
 (2  4)i  (4  12) j

 v  6i  8 j : Velocity at the end of 4 s.

 | v |  62  82  10 m s–1
8
Its direction with x-axis,   tan1
6
Example 6 : A man swims across a river with speed of 5 km h–1 (in still water), while a boat goes upstream
with speed 12 km h–1 (in still water). How fast and in which direction does the man appear to go
to the boatman? Given that the speed of flowing water is 2 km h–1.

Solution : v mw  5 ˆj
vmw
v bw  12iˆ
vmb

v mb  v mw  v bw
 5 ˆj   12iˆ  vbw –vbw
 12iˆ  5 ˆj

 Magnitude of v mb  (12)2  52  144  25
vmb = 13 km h–1
 v mby  v mbx  12 
Direction of v mb ,   tan1    
 v mb  v 5 
 x   mby 
 5 
   tan1   with positive x-axis.
 12 
Thus, to the boatman, the man appears to swim at a speed 13 km h–1 in a direction making angle
 5 
tan1   with x-axis.
 12 
EXERCISE
11. The displacement of a particle from a point having position vector 2i  4j to another point having position vector
5i  1j is
(1) 3 units (2) 3 2 units

12. Three forces given by vectors 2i  2j , 2i  2j and – 4i are acting together on a point object at rest. The object
moves along the direction
(1) x-axis (2) y-axis
(3) z-axis (4) Object does not move
13. A body moves 6 m north, 8 m east and 10 m vertically upwards, the resultant displacement of body from its
initial position is
(1) 10 2 m (2) 10 m
10
(3) m (4) 20 m
2
14. A particle has an initial velocity of 3i  4j and an acceleration of 0.4i  0.3j . The magnitude of its velocity
after 10 s is
(1) 7 2 units (2) 7 units
(3) 8.5 units (4) 10 units
15. The position vector of an object at any time t is given by 3t 2i  6tj 
k . Its velocity along y-axis has the
magnitude
(1) 6 t (2) 6
(3) 0 (4) 9
16. A body lying initially at point (3, 7) starts moving with a constant acceleration of 4i . Its position after 3 s is
given by the co-ordinates
(1) (7, 3) (2) (7, 18)
(3) (21, 7) (4) (3, 7)
17. The initial position of an object at rest is given by 3i  8j . It moves with constant acceleration and reaches
to the position 2i  4j after 4 s. What is its acceleration?
1 3 1
(1)  i  j (2) 2i  j
8 2 8
1 3
(3)  i  8j (4) 8i  j
2 2

18. The velocities of A and B are v A  2i  4j and v B  3i  7j . Velocity of B as observed by A is
(1) 5i  3j (2) i  11j
(3) i  11j (4) 2i  3j

19. A bus appears to go with a speed of 25 km/hr to a car driver, driving at the rate 7 km/hr northwards. If the
bus actually travels in east direction, its speed is
(1) 24 km/h (2) 23 km/h
(3) 26 km/h (4) 30 km/h
20. A displacement vector of magnitude 4 makes an angle 30° with the x-axis. Its rectangular components in
x-y plane are
(1) 2 3,2 (2) 4 3,4
2 4
(3) ,2 (4) ,4
3 3
PROJECTILE MOTION
z Projectile is an object moving in space under the influence of gravity alone.
2u sin  u 2 sin2  u 2 sin 2

T  , H  , R
g 2g g
(When point of projection and point of termination have same y-coordinate)
1 y P(x, y)
For calculation of T use h = – u sinT + gT 2 (and put h = 0) u
2 t
For calculation of R use R = (u cos)T
 T
gx 2 t=0 x
z Equation of trajectory; y  x tan   R
2u 2 cos2 
 x
y  x tan   1  
 R
z Instantaneous velocity v  u 2  (gt )2  2u gt sin 

v sin
gt v
and direction of motion at that instant tan   tan  
u cos  
z Speed when velocity vector makes an angle  with horizontal. v cos
u cos 
v  [∵ Horizontal component of velocity is same every where, in projectile motion]
cos 
z v sin = u sin – gt

z When v (velocity at any instant ‘t’) is perpendicular to u (initial velocity)
  = 90° – 
ucos = vcos y
u cos  90° vcos

v   u cot 
cos(90  ) u  v
z The height attained by the particle is largest when  =
90°. In this situation, time of flight is maximum, range is  
x
minimum (zero). O ucos
z The horizontal range is same for complimentary angles like (, 90° – ) or (45° + , 45° – ). It is maximum
for  = 45°.
Rmax
z When horizontal range is maximum, H 
4
z If A and B are two points at same level, then
t = t1
A t = t2
u B
h h

t=T
t=0 x
2u sin 
(i) T   t1  t2
g
1
(ii) h  gt1t2
2
(iii) Average velocity in the interval AB is

vav = ucos [∵ vertical displacement is zero]
z If an object projected at two complimentary angles (angles whose sum is 90°) i.e.,  and (90 – ), with
same speed then
(a) Range will be same for two projectiles
R1 = R2
(b) Ratio of height obtained y
h1
 tan2  u
h2 h2
2
u

(c) Ratio of time of flight
 h1
T1 x
 tan 
T2
(d) R  4 h1 h2
1
(e) R  g T1 T2
2
y
z If projectiles are projected in such a way that height h
1
attained by them is same h1 = h2 = h3
2 3
u1sin1 = u2sin2 = u3sin3 ...
3
u1 < u2 < u3 2
1
T1 = T2 = T3 x
Example 7 : A ball is thrown with a speed of 20 m s–1 at an elevation angle 45°. Find its time of flight and the
horizontal range [take g = 10 m s–2]
Solution : Here v0 = 20 m s–1, 0 = 45°
2v 0 sin 0 40
Time of flight Tf  
g 10 2
= 2 2s
Horizontal range when  = 45° is given by
v 02 400
Rmax    40 m .
g 10
Example 8 : The initial speed of an arrow shot from a bow, at an elevation of 30°, is 15 m s–1. Find its velocity
when it hits the ground back.
Solution : Here v0 = 15 m s–1, angle of projection, 0 = 30°
Therefore v0x = v0 cos0 y
= 15 cos(30°)
v0x
15 3
= m s–1
2 30° v0x

x
O v0x
And v0y = v0sin0 v0y
15
= m s–1
2
Horizontal component of velocity remains constant throughout the flight i.e.,
15 3
v x  v0x  ms–1 ...(i)
2
Vertical component of velocity is given by
vy = v0 sin0 – gt
2v 0 sin 0
Put t = Tf  [Time of flight]
g
2v 0 sin 0
 v y  v 0 sin 0  g 
g
vy = –v0sin0
15
vy   m s–1 ...(ii)
2
Thus, total velocity v  v x2  v y2
152  3 152
= 
4 4
v = 15 m s–1
Let the final velocity make an angle  with the positive x-axis, then
 vy 
  tan1  
 vx 
 15 
 
  tan  2
1

 3 
 15 
 2 
1  1 
= tan  
 3
 = – 30°
Thus, the arrow touches the ground with the same speed with which it is projected and also at
the same angle 30° but in negative direction, as shown in the figure.
Note : This result is true for all the projectiles, and for all the pairs of points, lying at same
horizontal level, on their trajectories. See the figure,
v2
v2
v1
v1
Example 9 : A body is thrown horizontally from the top of a tower and strikes the ground after three seconds
at an angle of 45° with the horizontal. Then find
(i) The height of the tower
(ii) The speed of projection of the body
Solution : (i) Let H be the height of the tower
2H
The time of flight, Tf  3s
g
g  (3)2
 H=
2
9.8  9
=
2
= 44.1 m
(ii) Let the speed of projection be v0.
Then for horizontal projection
vx = v0
vy = –gt
At t = Tf = 3 s,
vy = –9.8 × 3
= –29.4 m s–1
The angle which the final velocity makes with the horizontal = = 45° [Given]
v y
 –tan45° =
vx
 vy = vx
So vx = 29.4 m s–1
EXERCISE
21. At the topmost point of a trajectory, its velocity and acceleration are at an angle of
(1) 0° (2) 45°
(3) 90° (4) 180°
22. The horizontal ranges described by two projectiles, projected at angles (45°–) and (45° + ) from the same
point and same velocity are in the ratio
(1) 2 : 1 (2) 1 : 1
(3) 2 : 3 (4) 1 : 2
23. A cricket ball of mass m is hitted at the angle 45° to the horizontal with velocity v. Its kinetic energy at the
topmost point is
1
(1) 0 (2) mv 2
2
mv 2 mv 2
(3) (4)
4 2 2
24. The path of a projectile is
(1) Circular (2) Parabolic
(3) Linear (4) Hyperbolic
25. Which of the following is not a projectile?
(1) An aircraft taking off (2) A bullet fired from a rifle
(3) A ball thrown horizontally from a roof (4) A football kicked by a player
26. If a stone projected from ground, takes 4 s to reach the topmost point of its trajectory, then time of flight is
(1) 4 s (2) 8 s
(3) 2 s (4) 10 s
27. The maximum height attained by a ball projected with speed 20 ms–1 at an angle 45° with the horizontal is
[take g = 10 ms–2.]
(1) 40 m (2) 20 m
(3) 10 m (4) 30 m
28. The time of flight of an object projected with speed 20 ms–1 at an angle 30° with the horizontal, is
(1) 1 s (2) 4 s
(3) 2 s (4) 6 s
29. At the topmost point of its path, a projectile has acceleration of magnitude
(1) 0 (2) g
g g
(3) (4)
2 2
30. At what angle of elevation, should a projectile be projected with velocity 20 m s–1, so as to reach a maximum
height of 10 m?
(1) 0° (2) 90°
(3) 45° (4) 60°
CIRCULAR MOTION
z Uniform Circular Motion
When an object follows a circular path at a constant speed, the motion of the object is called uniform circular motion.
Let a particle of mass m moves along a circle of radius R with constant speed v. The state of motion of the
particle changes continuously, as the velocity of the particle changes due to change in direction of motion.
The change in state of motion of the particle is due to forces acting on it.
v1
| v1 |  | v 2 |  | v 3 |  v
v 2/R m
v3
v v v
1 2 3 F 2
m F3 C F1 m
| F1 |  | F2 |  | F3 | v 2/R v 2/R
R
v2
F1  F2  F3
In uniform circular motion the acceleration of the particle is constant in magnitude and is always directed
towards the centre of the circle. The figure shows the net force acting on the particle at three different positions
v2 
and the resulting acceleration. For F  ma to be satisfied at all the positions, F = m   .
R 
In uniform circular motion resultant force is towards the centre of circular path, so it is called centripetal force.
z Non-uniform Circular Motion
When the resultant force acting on a particle moving around a circle is not entirely centripetal (directed towards
the centre of the circle), it will have a component along the velocity vector i.e., tangent to the circle. Such a force
causes the particle to accelerate in two different directions, radial and tangential. The radial component of force
causes the centripetal acceleration, changes the direction of the velocity, and the tangential component
of the force causes the tangential acceleration, i.e., changes the speed of the particle. The figure shows
the radial and tangential component of the force acting on a particle at three different positions.
aT2
FT
2
v2
v22/R
FT
1
Fr2 v1 aT1
Fr C
v32/ R 3 Fr 2
1
v1 /R
R
aT v3
3
FT
3

At all the positions of the particle, F  ma must hold,
v2 
Fr = m ar = m   ,
R 

d |v |
Ft = m at. here at  (rate of change of speed)
dt
z Angular displacement  : The angle turned by a particle O moving on a
circle from some reference line is called angular displacement.
r s
ŝ 
 r
r O
1. It is dimensionless and has a unit radian.
2. It is an axial vector if small and not a vector if large.
3. It a body makes n revolution,  = 2n radian.
z ’ : Let 1 and 2 the angular position of a particle at time

Angular velocity ‘
t1 and t2, respectively then t2
2  1  2 t1
av  1
t2  t1
O
d
instantaneous =
dt
(for uniform circular motion, av = )
1. Instantaneous angular velocities is an axial vector with dimensions [M0L0T–1] and units rad/s.
2. Time taken by one to complete one revolution around the centre with respect to the other is
2 TT
T   1 2
rel T1  T2 .
2  1 
z ’ : av 
Angular acceleration ‘ 
t2  t1 t
d
in =
dt
unit is rad/s , dimension formula is [M0L0T–2]
2
z Relation between Linear and Angular Variables

Consider a particle moving in a circle of radius r, with instantaneous speed v
ds
d  i.e., ds = rd
r
t + dt
ds rd  d
  r ds
dt dt t
 v  r …(1)
Differentiating w.r.t. time
dv rd  d
 = Angular acceleration ()
dt dt dt
dv
= Tangential acceleration (aT)
dt
 aT  r
z In vector form :

v  r

dv d  dr
 r  
dt dt dt

dv
 r  v
dt
axis of rotation
z a  aT  aC (where a = net acceleration)

z aT    r (tangential acceleration). Responsible for change the speed 

z aC    v
v2
z | aC |   2r (Responsible for change the direction) O r 90°
r aC v
aT

z | a |  aC2  aT2 as aC  aT

z Both aC and aT continuously change their direction
z Formulae For Circular Motion

v = u + at t = 0 + t
v2 – u2 = 2as t2 – 02 = 2
1 2 1 2
s = ut + at  = 0t + t
2 2
z Important Note About Circular Motion

1. Angular displacement, average angular velocity are scalar quantities.

2. Instantaneous angular displacement d, instantaneous angular velocity , angular acceleration  , torque

 are axial vectors, direction perpendicular to plane of circle.
3. Clockwise rotation taken as negative and anticlockwise as positive.

d |v |
4. Differentiation of speed w.r.t time gives tangential acceleration.
dt

dv
5. Differentiation of velocity w.r.t. time gives magnitude of total acceleration.
dt
 
6. In uniform circular acceleration v + v
 B
z Magnitude of displacement in time t, | r |  2r sin t=t
r 
2 
v

r +
A B
z Average speed in time t, v av  
t t=0
O 
 r A
2r sin
z Magnitude of average velocity in time t, | v |  2
t

z Magnitude of change in velocity in time t, | v |  2v sin
2

2v sin
| v | 2
z Magnitude of average acceleration in time t , | aav |  
t t
r
z In uniform circular motion t  [ is in radian]
v
z Magnitude of average acceleration in angular displacement 

2v 2 sin
| aav |  2
r
v2
z Instantaneous acceleration or (centripetal acceleration) ac  ( rˆ)
r
v2
z Magnitude of centripetal acceleration | ac |   r 2
r
mv 2
z Centripetal force Fc  ( rˆ)
r
Non Uniform Circular Motion

(Speed change at each instant)

If v and aT are in same direction (speed increases) If v and aT are in opposite direction (speed decreases)

v v

aR aT


 aC

C aC C 

aR aT
Speed goes on increasing Speed goes on decreasing

d d
Magnitude of tangential acceleration aT  | v | Magnitude of tangential acceleration aT  |v |
dt dt
Magnitude of resultant acceleration aR  ac2  aT2 Magnitude of resultant acceleration aR  aC2  aT2
Direction of resultant with centripetal acceleration Direction of resultant acceleration with centripetal
a a
tan  c acceleration tan  C
aT aT
 Direction of resultant acceleration with velocity  Direction of resultant acceleration with velocity
    
vector       vector      
2  2 
z Relative Angular Velocity

v
Relative angular velocity =
r

usin v

P
(a)

O
Reference line
v  v sin 
 
r r

(b) Relative angular velocity of B w.r.t A vB
v B sin   v A sin  vBsin
rel  
r
B
vAsin  r
A
vB
(c) Relative angular velocity of vBsin 
v AB  r
B
A w.r.t. B AB 
r

A vA
v sin   v B sin 
rel  A
r vAsin
z Radius of Curvature
v2 (Instantaneous speed)2
Radius of curve at any point R  
aN component of acceleration perpendicular to velocity
Radius of curvature at O A
2 u
u
R0  B
g cos  g 
Radius of curvature at A 
O
u 2 cos2  g
v
RA  
g g gcos
Radius of curvature at B
v2
RB 
g cos 
Example 10 : An object revolves uniformly in a circle of diameter 0.80 m and completes 100 revolutions per
minute. Find its time period and angular speed.
Solution : Diameter = 0.80 m
 Radius r = 0.4 m
Given that frequency,
 = 100 revolutions per minute.
100
= revolutions per second
60
Therefore,
1 60
Time period T   s
 100
T = 0.6 s
2
∵ =

2 2  3.14
   rad/s
T 0.6
= 10.466 rad/s
Example 11 : A boy whirls a stone tied to a thread, such that the stone moves uniformly in a circle. What must
be the length of the thread if the stone completes 42 rounds in a minute with a uniform speed
of 2.2 m s–1?
Solution : Here length of the thread forms the radius of the circular path in which the stone moves.
Given frequency of revolution
 = 42 rev/minute
42
 rev/s
60
2R
But speed v = = 2R
T
v  2.2
or R   0.5 m
2 22 42
2 
7 60
EXERCISE
31. The angle between velocity vector and acceleration vector in uniform circular motion is
(1) 0° (2) 180°
(3) 90° (4) 45°
32. Two cyclists cycle along circular tracks of radii R1 and R2 at uniform rates. If both of them take same time
to complete one revolution, then their angular speeds are in the ratio
(1) R1 : R2 (2) R2 : R1
(3) 1 : 1 (4) R1R2: 1
33. Angular speed of a uniformly circulating body with time period T is
2
(1) 2T (2)
T

(3) T (4)
T
34. An object moving in a circular path at constant speed has constant
(1) Energy (2) Velocity
(3) Acceleration (4) Displacement
35. Speed of an object moving in circular path of radius 10 m with angular speed 2 rad/s is
(1) 10 m/s (2) 5 m/s
(3) 20 m/s (4) 30 m/s
36. A body performing uniform circular motion completed 140 revolution in a second. Its angular speed is
(1) 880 rad/s (2) 440 rad/s
(3) 220 rad/s (4) 240 rad/s
37. Centripetal acceleration of a cyclist completing 7 rounds in a minute along a circular track of radius 5 m with
a constant speed, is
(1) 2.7 m/s2 (2) 4 m/s2
(3) 3.78 m/s2 (4) 6 m/s2
38. If the frequency of an object in uniform circular motion is doubled, its acceleration becomes
(1) Two times (2) Four times
(3) Half (4) One fourth
39. A body is moving on a circle of radius 80 m with a speed 20 m/s which is decreasing at the rate 5 m/s2 at an instant.
The angle made by its acceleration with its velocity is
(1) 45° (2) 90°
(3) 135° (4) 0°
40. The distance of a particle moving on a circle of radius 12 m measured from a fixed point on the circle and measured
along the circle is given by s = 2t 3 (in meters). The ratio of its tangential to centripetal acceleration at t = 2s is
(1) 1 : 1 (2) 1 : 2
(3) 2 : 1 (4) 3 : 1

t
en
nm nment
sig ssig
As A Assignment
Assignment
SECTION - A 5. Particle A is moving with velocity (6iˆ  10 ˆj ) m/s
NCERT Based MCQs and particle B is moving with velocity (3iˆ  6 ˆj ) m/s.
Magnitude of velocity of A w.r.t. B is
1. The correct relation between vectors P, Q and R is
[NCERT Pg. 76]
(1) 5 m/s (2) 10 m/s
R
Q
(3) 3 2 m/s (4) 6 m/s
6. Equation of motion of projectile in x-y plane is
P
y = ax – bx 2, then the angle of projection with
[NCERT Pg. 67]
x-axis is [NCERT Pg. 78]

(1) P  Q  R (2) Q  R  P (1) tan–1(b) (2) tan–1(a)

(3) Q  R  P (4) P  Q  R  0 (3) cos–1(b) (4) sin–1(a)

2. Two vectors A and B can be added by 7. A man is running with velocity 5 km/h towards east
[NCERT Pg. 67] and rain is falling vertically down with speed 5 km/h.
Direction of rain w.r.t. man is [NCERT Pg. 76]
(1) Triangle law (2) Parallelogram law
(1) 30º with vertical (2) 60º with vertical
(3) Trapezium law (4) Both (1) & (2)
(3) 45º with vertical (4) 90º with vertical
3. If two vectors P  aiˆ  5 ˆj and Q  biˆ  5 ˆj are
equal, then the correct relation between a and b is 8. Displacement (r ) of a particle in x-y plane varies

[NCERT Pg. 66] with time t is given by r  (t 2 iˆ  2 ˆj ) m . Velocity of
particle at t = 1 s is [NCERT Pg. 75]
(1) a = b
(2) a = 5b (1) (2iˆ  2 jˆ) m/s (2) 2iˆ m/s
(3) b = 5a (3) 4iˆ m/s (4) (4iˆ  2 ˆj ) m/s

(4) Cannot be determined 9. A projectile is projected with initial velocity
( 6iˆ  8 ˆj )m/s, from the ground. The velocity when
4. Four vectors PQ, QR, PS and SR are connected
as shown in figure, such that S is the mid-point of it is about to hit the ground is (assuming y-axis is
along vertical direction) [NCERT Pg. 78]
PR and | PQ |  |QR | , then which two vectors are
equal? [NCERT Pg. 66] (1) 6iˆ  8 ˆj m/s (2) 6iˆ  8 ˆj m/s
Q
(3) 6iˆ  8 jˆ m/s (4) 6iˆ  8 ˆj m/s
10. A body is projected horizontally with speed 5 m/s

from height h, takes 8 s to reach the ground. The
S time it takes to cover the first one fourth of height
R P is [NCERT Pg. 79]

(1) PQ and QR (2) PS and SR (1) 4 s (2) 6 s

(3) PQ and PS (4) Both (1) & (2) (3) 2 s (4) 5 s
11. In uniform circular motion [NCERT Pg. 80] 2. The speed at the maximum height of a projectile
is half of its initial speed of projection (u). The
(1) Acceleration of the particle changes
horizontal range of the projectile is
continuously
(2) Acceleration of the particle remain constant 3 u2 3 u2
(1) (2)
2g g
(3) Velocity of the particle remain constant
(4) Speed of the particle changes continuously u2 2u 2
(3) (4)
12. If a body is moving in circular path of radius 14 m. 3g 3g
It complete one revolution in 7 s. Considering the 3. A car moving towards north at a speed of 10 m/s
speed to be uniform, the value of centripetal turns right within 10 s maintaining the same speed.
acceleration is Average acceleration of the car during this time
interval is
[NCERT Pg. 80]
8 2 1 1
(1)  m/s2 (2) 2 m/s2 (1) m/s2 S-W (2) m/s2 N-E
7 2 2
7 2 3 2
(3)  m/s2 (4)  m/s2 (3) 2
2 m/s S-E (4) 2
2 m/s N-E
8 4
13. A man is walking on a horizontal road at velocity 4. A particle moves in x-y plane with a velocity

of 5 km/h and the rain appears to be falling v  2y iˆ  4 ˆj . Equation of the path followed by
vertically at 5 km/h to him. The magnitude of the particle is
velocity of rain with respect to the ground is
[NCERT Pg. 76] (1) x  y (2) y  x
(1) 5 km/h (2) 5 2 km/h (3) 4x = y2 (4) 4y = x2
(3) 10 km/h (4) 4 km/h 5. A swimmer reaches the other bank of a flowing
14. The angle of projection of a projectile which is river exactly opposite to the starting point. If he was
swimming at 2 km/hr while maintaining 150° with

projected with certain velocity from ground is with the flow, then time taken by him to cross the river
8 1 km wide is
horizontal and its horizontal range is R. The angle
with the horizontal for another projectile having same (1) 30 min (2) 1 hr
range R and speed is [NCERT Pg. 78]
(3) 2 hrs (4) 20 min
3 6. A bus with a vertical wind shield moves horizontally
(1)
8 at a speed of 40 km/hr, while rain is falling
 vertically at a speed of 30 km/hr. The angle at
(2) which rain drops strike the wind shield is
4
(1) 37° (2) 45°

(3)
3 (3) 53° (4) 30°
 7. The resultant of two vectors is perpendicular to one
(4)
6 of them and has the magnitude 4 m. If the sum of
the magnitude of two vectors is 8 m then their
SECTION - B respective magnitude are
Objective Type Questions (1) 4 m, 4 m (2) 2 m, 6 m
1. The position coordinates of a projectile thrown from (3) 3 m, 5 m (4) 1 m, 7 m
ground are given by y = 3t – 5t 2 (m) and x = 4t (m)
(here t is in second, x is horizontal and y is vertical) 8. Ratio of angular speed of second’s hand to hour
horizontal range of the projectile is hand of a standard clock is
(1) 2.4 m (2) 4.8 m (1) 12 (2) 60
(3) 9.6 m (4) 4.2 m (3) 720 (4) 180
9. If the kinetic energy of an oblique projectile at its 17. Under usual notations which of the following
maximum height is half of its initial kinetic energy expressions represents equation of trajectory of an
then the angle of throw with the vertical is oblique projectile?
(1) 30° (2) 37°
 x  x
(3) 45° (4) 60° (1) y  x sin   1   (2) y  x cos   1  
 R  R
10. If resultant of two unit vectors aˆ and bˆ is also a
 x  x2 
unit vector, then magnitude of difference of (3) y  x tan   1   (4) y  x sin   1  2 
 R   R 
aˆ and bˆ is
18. An object is released at one bank into a river
(1) Zero (2) 1
flowing with speed 5 km/h towards east. Air is
(3) 3 (4) 2 blowing with speed 5 km/h towards north. If width
of river is 200 m, then minimum time taken by
11. A car on the cross road is moving towards east at
floating object to reach the other bank is (consider
a speed of 40 km/hr. Another car which is 1 km
ideal situation)
south of the crossing is approaching the crossing
with the same speed. Their closest distance of (1) 144 minute (2) 3.4 second
approach will be
(3) 144 second (4) 14.4 second
1 19. A projectile is thrown at an angle 37° from the
(1) 1 km (2) km vertical. The angle of elevation of the highest point
2
of the projectile from point of projection is
(3) 2 km (4) 2 2 km
3 1  2 
12. In a uniform circular motion the quantity which is (1) tan1   (2) tan  
2 3
variable is
1  3  8
(1) Speed (2) Kinetic energy (3) tan   (4) tan1  
(3) Momentum (4) All of these 8 3
20. A particle is moving in a circle of radius R = 3 m
13. In an oblique projectile on horizontal ground the
with an angular speed 2 radian per second in
horizontal range is four times the maximum height.
clockwise direction as given in the diagram. The
The initial angle of throw with the horizontal is
acceleration (in m/s2) of particle at point P is
(1) 30° (2) 45°
(3) 60° (4) 37°
P
14. The position co-ordinates of a projectile thrown from
ground are given by y = (12t – 5t 2 )m and 60°
X
x = 5t(m). The initial speed of throw is (Here t is in 
second)
(1) 10 m/s (2) 13 m/s
(3) 11 m/s (4) 17 m/s
(1) 6iˆ  6 3 jˆ (2) 6 3 iˆ  6 ˆj
15. A swimmer crosses a river in shortest distance. If
he tries to swim at 4 km/hr maintaining 120º with
(3) 6 iˆ  6 3 ˆj (4) 6 iˆ  6 3 ˆj
the downstream then speed of the river is
(1) 1 km/hr (2) 2 km/hr 21. A car moves on a circular path of radius 5 m. At
one instant the speed of car is 5 m/s and it is
(3) 3 km/hr (4) 4 km/hr decreasing at a rate of 5 m/s2. The angle between
16. A man moves on a horizontal road towards east at acceleration vector and velocity vector at this
a speed of 1 km/hr and the rain appears to him instant is
vertical at a speed of 2 km/hr. The actual speed of
 
the rain (in km/hr) is (1) (2)
3 6
(1) 1 (2) 2
 3
(3) (4)
(3) 3 (4) 5 4 4
22. A particle is in uniform circular motion with speed 28. A projectile is projected at some angle from the
v0. The change in magnitude of velocity when it ground towards east in the absence of air
covers half of circular path is resistance then time period and range of projectile
are T and R. If wind starts blowing towards east
(1) v0 (2) Zero with some acceleration, then the new time period
T  and range R have the relations.
(3) 2v0 (4) 2 v0
(1) T  > T and R  > R
23. If an object is moving on a curved path, then
(2) T  > T and R  < R
which of the following physical quantities may be
constant during the motion? (Symbols have usual (3) T  = T and R  < R
meanings) (4) T  = T and R  > R
d   29. A gun is fitted on platform moving with velocity.
(1) |v | (2) v
dt v1  10iˆ m/s. A bullet is fired from the gun with

 muzzle velocity v 2  (40iˆ  20 jˆ) m/s with respect
(3) a (4) Both (1) & (3) to the platform. Then the horizontal range of
24. Person A is moving towards west with speed 3 km/h projectile is
and B is moving towards north with speed 4 km/h. (1) 100 m (2) 400 m
Then the velocity of A relative to B is at an angle of
(3) 200 m (4) 300 m
(1) 37° south of east (2) 30° south of west
30. A particle is projected with a velocity

(3) 53° south of west (4) 53° west of south v  (3iˆ  jˆ  2kˆ ) m/s and a constant acceleration

25. A particle is moving in parabolic path y = 4x2 with acting on the particle is a  ( 6iˆ  2 ˆj  4kˆ ) m/s.
constant speed v0 m/s. The acceleration of the Then the path of projectile is
particle when it crosses the origin is
(1) Straight line (2) Circle
(1) 8v 02 (2) v 02 (3) Parabola (4) Ellipse
v 02 31. If unit vector iˆ is rotated through an angle of 30°
(3) 4v 02 (4) clockwise, then new vector obtained is
8
26. Given graph (for a projectile motion) shows variation
iˆ 3 ˆj  3iˆ ˆj
of vertical velocity (y-component of vector) with (1)  (2) 
2 2 2 2
time. Then the maximum height of projectile is
[g = 10 m/s2]
3iˆ jˆ 3iˆ ˆj
vy (m/s) (3)  (4) 
2 2 2 2
32. To a stationary man rain is falling on his back with
a velocity 6 km/h at an angle 30° with vertical. To
make the rain velocity appear vertical the man
1 should move
0 t (s)
(1) Forward with a velocity 3 km/h
(1) 10 m (2) 20 m (2) Forward with a velocity 3 3 km/h
(3) 5 m (4) Data is insufficient
(3) Backward with a velocity 3 km/h
27. A particle is projected with velocity 10 m/s at an
angle of 60° from ground. Then the vertical (4) Forward with a velocity 2 3 km/h
component of velocity vector when instantaneous 33. A body is thrown at some angle from the ground.
velocity becomes perpendicular to initial velocity, is The magnitude of change in velocity of body in
5 s, if it is still in air, is [g = 10 m/s2]
5 10
(1) m/s (2) m/s (1) 50 m/s (2) 25 m/s
3 3
(3) 5 m/s (4) 5 3 m/s (3) Zero (4) Data is insufficient
34. The equation of trajectory of a projectile is given as 4. Two particles A and B are moving in uniform
2 circular motion in concentric circles of radii rA and
x
y  2x  . The maximum height of projectile is rB with speed vA and vB respectively. Their time
2
period of rotation is the same. The ratio of angular
(Symbols have usual meanings and SI unit)
speed of A to that of B will be : [NEET-2019]
(1) 4 m (2) 1 m
(1) rA : rB (2) vA : vB
(3) 2 m (4) 10 m
(3) rB : rA (4) 1 : 1
35. A projectile is thrown up at angle  to the
horizontal ground from a fixed point and it hits the 5. The x and y coordinates of the particle at any time
ground following parabolic path. The magnitude of are x = 5t – 2t2 and y = 10t respectively, where x
tangential acceleration w.r.t. fixed point and y are in meters and t in seconds. The
acceleration of the particle at t = 2 s is
(1) Increases continuously
[NEET-2017]
(2) Decreases continuously
(1) 0 (2) 5 m/s2
(3) First decreases then increases
(4) First increases then decreases (3) –4 m/s2 (4) –8 m/s2
6. In the given figure, a = 15 m/s2 represents the
SECTION - C total acceleration of a particle moving in the
Previous Years Questions clockwise direction in a circle of radius R = 2.5 m
at a given instant of time. The speed of the particle
1. Two bullets are fired horizontally and simultaneously is [NEET (Phase-2) 2016]
towards each other from roof tops of two buildings
100 m apart and of same height of 200 m, with the
same velocity of 25 m/s. When and where will the
30°
two bullets collide? (g = 10 m/s2) R
a
[NEET-2019 (Odisha)] O
(1) They will not collide
(2) After 2 s at a height of 180 m
(1) 4.5 m/s (2) 5.0 m/s
(3) 5.7 m/s (4) 6.2 m/s
7. If the magnitude of sum of two vectors is equal to
2. When an object is shot from the bottom of a long the magnitude of difference of the two vectors, the
smooth inclined plane kept at an angle 60° with angle between these vectors is [NEET-2016]
horizontal, it can travel a distance x1 along the
plane. But when the inclination is decreased to 30° (1) 180°
and the same object is shot with the same (2) 0°
velocity, it can travel x2 distance. Then x1 : x2 will
(3) 90°
be: [NEET-2019]
(4) 45°
(1) 1: 2 (2) 2:1
8. A particle moves so that its position vector is given

(3) 1: 3 (4) 1: 2 3 by r  cos t x  sin t y, where  is a constant.
Which of the following is true? [NEET-2016]
3. The speed of a swimmer in still water is
20 m/s. The speed of river water is 10 m/s and is (1) Velocity is perpendicular to r and acceleration
flowing due east. If he is standing on the south is directed away from the origin
bank and wishes to cross the river along the (2) Velocity and acceleration both are
shortest path the angle at which he should make perpendicular to r
his strokes w.r.t. north is given by : [NEET-2019]
(3) Velocity and acceleration both are parallel to r
(1) 30° west (2) 0°
(4) Velocity is perpendicular to r and acceleration
(3) 60° west (4) 45° west is directed towards the origin
9. A particle of mass 10 g moves along a circle of 13. A projectile is fired from the surface of the earth
radius 6.4 cm with a constant tangential with a velocity of 5 ms–1 and angle  with the
acceleration. What is the magnitude of this horizontal. Another projectile fired from another
acceleration if the kinetic energy of the particle planet with a velocity of 3 ms–1 at the same angle
becomes equal to 8 × 10–4 J by the end of the follows a trajectory which is identical with the
second revolution after the beginning of the trajectory of the projectile fired from the earth. The
motion? [NEET-2016] value of the acceleration due to gravity on the
planet is (in ms–2) is (Given g = 9.8 ms–2)
(1) 0.2 m/s2 (2) 0.1 m/s2
[AIPMT-2014]
(3) 0.15 m/s2 (4) 0.18 m/s2
(1) 3.5 (2) 5.9
10. The position vector of a particle R as a function
(3) 16.3 (4) 110.8
of time is given by R  4 sin(2t )iˆ  4 cos(2t ) ˆj ,
where R is in meters, t is in seconds and iˆ and jˆ 14. A particle is moving such that its position
coordinates (x, y) are
denote unit vectors along x-and y-directions,
respectively. Which one of the following statements (2 m, 3 m) at time t = 0,
is wrong for the motion of particle?
(6 m, 7 m) at time t = 2 s and
[Re-AIPMT-2015]
(13 m, 14 m) at time t = 5 s.
(1) Path of the particle is a circle of radius 4 m
Average velocity vector (v av ) from t = 0 to t = 5 s
(2) Acceleration vector is along R is [AIPMT-2014]
v2
(3) Magnitude of acceleration vector is , where
v is the velocity of particle
R (1)
1
5

13iˆ  14 ˆj  (2)
7 ˆ ˆ
3
(i  j )
(4) Magnitude of the velocity of particle is 8 meter/

11 ˆ ˆ
second (3) 2(iˆ  ˆj ) (4) (i  j )
5
11. Two particles A and B, move with constant
15. The velocity of a projectile at the initial point A is
velocities v 1 and v 2 . At the initial moment their
(2iˆ  3 jˆ) m/s. Its velocity (in m/s) at point B is
position vectors are r 1 and r 2 respectively. The
condition for particles A and B for their collision is: [NEET-2013]
Y
[Re-AIPMT-2015]

r1 − r 2 v 2 − v1
(1) r 1 − r 2 = v 1 − v 2 (2) =
r1 − r 2 v 2 − v1 B
A X

(3) r 1 ⋅ v 1 = r 2 ⋅ v 2 (4) r 1 × v 1 = r 2 × v 2 (1) 2iˆ  3 jˆ (2) 2iˆ  3 jˆ
12. A ship A is moving Westwards with a speed of (3) 2iˆ  3 jˆ (4) 2iˆ  3 jˆ
10 km h–1 and a ship B 100 km South of A, is
16. The horizontal range and the maximum height of a
moving Northwards with a speed of 10 km h–1. The
projectile are equal. The angle of projection of the
time after which the distance between them
projectile is [AIPMT (Prelims)-2012]
becomes shortest, is [AIPMT-2015]
(1)  = tan–1(2)
(1) 10 2 h
(2)  = 45°
(2) 0 h
 1
(3) 5 h (3)  = tan–1  
4
(4) 5 2 h (4)  = tan–1(4)

17. A particle has initial velocity (2i  3 j ) and 23. The speed of a projectile at its maximum height is
half of its initial speed. The angle of projection is
acceleration (0.3i  0.2 j ) . The magnitude of
velocity after 10 s will be [AIPMT (Prelims)-2012] [AIPMT (Mains)-2010]
(1) 5 units (2) 9 units (1) 60° (2) 15°
(3) 30° (4) 45°
(3) 9 2 units (4) 5 2 units
24. A particle moves in x-y plane according to rule
18. A particle moves in a circle of radius 5 cm with
x = a sint and y = a cost. The particle follows
constant speed and time period 0.2 s. The
acceleration of the particle is [AIPMT (Mains)-2010]
[AIPMT (Prelims)-2011] (1) An elliptical path
(1) 5 m/s2 (2) 15 m/s2 (2) A circular path
(3) 25 m/s2 (4) 36 m/s2 (3) A parabolic path
19. A body is moving with velocity 30 m/s towards (4) A straight line path inclined equally to x and
east. After 10 s its velocity becomes 40 m/s y-axes
towards north. The average acceleration of the
25. A particle has initial velocity (3iˆ  4 jˆ) and has
body is [AIPMT (Prelims)-2011]
acceleration (0.4iˆ  0.3 jˆ) . Its speed after 10 s is
(1) 5 m/s2 (2) 1 m/s2
(3) 7 m/s2 (4) 7 m/s2
20. A missile is fired for maximum range with an initial
velocity of 20 m/s. If g = 10 m/s2, the range of the (3) 8.5 units (4) 10 units
missile is [AIPMT (Prelims)-2011]
26. A particle of mass m is projected with velocity v
(1) 20 m (2) 40 m making an angle of 45° with the horizontal. When
(3) 50 m (4) 60 m the particle lands on the level ground the
magnitude of the change in its momentum will be
21. A projectile is fired at an angle of 45° with the
horizontal. Elevation angle of the projectile at its [AIPMT (Prelims)-2008]
highest point as seen from the point of projection (1) Zero (2) 2 mv
is [AIPMT (Mains)-2011]
mv
 3 (3) (4) mv 2
(1) tan–1  2
 2 
(2) 45°
  27. A particle starting from the origin (0, 0) moves in
1 a straight line in the (x, y) plane. Its coordinates at
(3) 60° (4) tan–1 a later time are ( 3,3) . The path of the particle
2
makes with the x-axis an angle of
22. Six vectors, â to fˆ have the magnitudes and
directions indicated in the figure. Which of the
following statements is true? (1) 0° (2) 30°
(3) 45° (4) 60°
b
a c 28. A and B are two vectors and  is the angle

between them, if A  B  3( A  B ) , the value of
f
d  is [AIPMT (Prelims)-2007]
e
(1) 90°
(2) 60°
(1) b  c  f (2) d  c  f (3) 45°

(3) d  e  f (4) b  e  f (4) 30°
29. For angles of projection of a projectile at angles 34. Two boys are standing at the ends A and B of a
(45°– ) and (45° + ), the horizontal ranges ground, where AB = a. The boy at B starts running
described by the projectile are in the ratio of in a direction perpendicular to AB with velocity v1.
The boy at A starts running simultaneously with
velocity v and catches the other boy in a time t,
(1) 1 : 1 (2) 2 : 3 where t is [AIPMT (Prelims)-2005]
(3) 1 : 2 (4) 2 : 1 a a2
(1) 2 (2)
30. A car runs at a constant speed on a circular track v  v12 v  v 12
2
of radius 100 m, taking 62.8 s for every circular lap.

The average velocity and average speed for each a a
circular lap respectively is (3)
 v1 
v 
(4)  v  v1 
35. If the angle between the vectors A and B is ,
(1) 0, 0 (2) 0, 10 m/s
the value of the product (B  A)  A is equal to
(3) 10 m/s, 10 m/s (4) 10 m/s, 0
31. The vectors A and B are such that: (1) BA2 cos (2) BA2 sin
| A  B |  | A – B | . The angle between the two (3) BA2 sin cos (4) Zero
vectors is [AIPMT (Prelims)-2006]
(1) 90° (2) 60°
36. A boat is sent across a river with a velocity of
(3) 75° (4) 45° 8 km/h. If the resultant velocity of the boat is
10 km/h, then velocity of the river is
32. If a vector 2iˆ  3 ˆj  8kˆ is perpendicular to the
(1) 8 km/h (2) 10 km/h
vector 4 ˆj  4iˆ  kˆ , then the value of  is (3) 12.8 km/h (4) 6 km/h
[AIPMT (Prelims)-2005] 37. Which of the following is correct relation between

an arbitrary vector A and null vector 0 ?
(1) –1

(1) A  0  A  0  A (2) A  0  A  0  A
1
(2)
2 (3) A  0  A  0  0 (4) None of these
1 38. An object is being thrown at a speed of 20 m/s in
(3) 
2 a direction 45° above the horizontal. The time
(4) 1 taken by the object to return to the same level is
33. A stone tied to the end of a string of 1 m long is (1) 20/g (2) 20g
whirled in a horizontal circle with a constant (3) 20 2/g (4) 20 2g
speed. If the stone makes 22 revolutions in 44 s,
what is the magnitude and direction of acceleration 39. A body is whirled in a horizontal circle of radius
of the stone? [AIPMT (Prelims)-2005] 20 cm. It has an angular velocity of 10 rad/s. What
is its linear velocity at any point on circular path?
2
(1) ms–2 and direction along the radius towards
4 (1) 20 m/s (2) 2 m/s
the centre
(3) 10 m/s (4) 2 m/s
(2) 2 ms–2 and direction along the radius away
40. Identify the vector quantity among the following.
from centre
(1) Distance
(3) 2 ms–2 and direction along the radius towards
the centre (2) Angular momentum
(4) 2 ms–2 and direction along the tangent to the (3) Heat
circle (4) Energy
41. Two particles A and B are connected by a rigid rod
46. If | A  B |  | A |  | B | then angle between A
AB. The rod slides along perpendicular rails as
shown here. The velocity of A to the left is and B will be
10 m/s. What is the velocity of B when angle (1) 90° (2) 120°
 = 60°?
(3) 0° (4) 60°
B
 20 
47. A particle moves along a circle of radius  m
  
with constant tangential acceleration. If the velocity
 A
of the particle is 80 m/s at the end of the second
revolution after motion has begun, the tangential
(1) 10 m/s (2) 9.8 m/s acceleration is
(3) 5.8 m/s (4) 17.3 m/s (1) 40 m/s2 (2) 640 m/s2
42. The speed of a boat is 5 km/h in still water. It (3) 160 m/s2 (4) 40 m/s2
crosses a river of width 1.0 km along the shortest 48. The vector sum of two forces is perpendicular to
possible path in 15 minute. The velocity of the river
their vector differences. In that case, the forces
water (in km/h) is
(1) Are equal to each other
(1) 3 (2) 1
(3) 4 (4) 5 (2) Are equal to each other in magnitude
43. Two racing cars of masses m1 and m2 are moving (3) Are not equal to each other in magnitude
in circles of radii r 1 and r 2 respectively. Their (4) Cannot be predicted
speeds are such that each makes a complete
circle in the same time t. The ratio of the angular 49. A wheel has angular acceleration of 3.0 rad/s2 and
speeds of the first to the second car is an initial angular speed of 2.00 rad/s. In a time of
2 s it has rotated through an angle (in radian) of
(1) r1 : r2 (2) m1 : m2
(3) 1 : 1 (4) m1 m2 : r1 r2 (1) 10
44. A person aiming to reach exactly opposite point (2) 12

on the bank of a stream is swimming with a (3) 4
speed of 0.5 m/s at an angle of 120° with the
direction of flow of water. The speed of water in (4) 6
the stream is
SECTION - D
(1) 0.25 m/s
NEET Booster Questions
(2) 0.5 m/s
1. A particle is projected from horizontal plane (x-z)
(3) 1.0 m/s (where y-axis is along vertical) such that its velocity

(4) 0.433 m/s at time t is v  i  (  t ) j . The horizontal range
45. Two particles having mass M and m are moving in of the particle is
a circular path having radius R and r. If their time
periods are same, then the ratio of their angular 
(1)
velocities will be 
r 2
(1) (2)
R 
R
(2) 
r (3)
2
(3) 1
3
R (4)
(4)
r 2
2. Tangential acceleration of a particle moving on a 6. A projectile is thrown with speed 60 m/s at 60°
circular path of radius 1 m varies with time as from the horizontal. It will be at same heights at
shown. The time after which total acceleration
instants (g = 10 m/s2, 3  1.7 )
makes an angle of 45° with the velocity of particle,
is (particle starts from rest) (1) t1 = 4.5 s, t2 = 6.5 s
2
at (m/s ) (2) t1 = 3.2 s, t2 = 6.8 s
(3) t1 = 3.1 s, t2 = 7.1 s
60° (4) t1 = 2 s, t2 = 6 s
t (s)
7. A particle is moving on x-y plane so that its position
1
1
4 vector varies with time as r  10 3t i  (10t  t 2 ) j .
(1) 4 3 s (2)   s
3
 3 If initial velocity of particle is inclined at angle  from
vertical then , is
1
1 (1) 30°
 2 3
(3) 4 3  3 s (4)   s
 3 (2) 45°
(3) 60°
3. A particle is projected with speed v0 (upwards) at
an angle  from horizontal. The average velocity of
3
particle between point of projection and highest (4) tan1  
point on the trajectory, is 4
8. A ball is projected from the ground at angle 60°
v 2 v 2
(1) 0 1  3cos  (2) 0 1  3cos  from the ground if ball just clears a wall 5 m from
3 2 point of projection and falls on the ground 15 m
away from it on other side, then height of the wall
v0 v0
(3) 1  3sin2  (4) 1  3sin2  is nearly equal to
2 3
(1) 5.8 m
4. An aeroplane is flying with constant velocity,
releases food packets from it, then (Neglect air (2) 6.5 m
resistance) (3) 7.9 m
(1) It will always be vertically below the aeroplane
(4) 9.8 m
(2) It will always be vertically below the aeroplane
9. Two balls are thrown horizontally from the top of a
only if plane is flying horizontally
building with speed u 1 and u 2 respectively in
(3) It will always be vertically below the aeroplane opposite directions. The separation between two
if it is flying at angle 60° to the horizontal balls when they are moving perpendicular to each
(4) It will left behind the aeroplane gradually other, is (Acceleration due to gravity is g)
5. A projectile is fired at some angle  with speed v0

2u1u2
such that it crosses two walls of equal height (1)  (u1  u2 )
g
symmetrically as shown. The angle of projection
with horizontal is
2u1u2
Y (vertically) (2)  (u1  u2 )
g
t=2s t=6s
u1u2
 (3)  (u1  u2 )
x g
120 m
(1) 53° (2) 37° 3u1u2

(4) (u1  u2 )
(3) 45° (4) 60° g
10. A boat is heading at angle 127° from the direction 14. A projectile is projected in such a way that its
of flow. The velocity of boat in water is 5 km/h. The speed at highest point is half of its initial speed u.
velocity of flow of water is 4 km/h. The Horizontal range of projectile is
displacement of boat along the flow of water, is
(width of the river is 1200 m) 2u 2
(1)
(1) 250 m 3g
(2) 300 m 3u 2
(2)
(3) 350 m 2g
(4) 400 m u2
(3)
2g
11. If a unit vector is represented by 0.4iˆ  0.6 jˆ  kˆ ,
the value of , is 5 u2
(4)
3g
(1) 0.28 (2) 0.38
15. If vector B is added to A the resultant is (6iˆ  1ˆj ) .
(3) 0.48 (4) 0.58
If B is subtracted from A , the resultant is
12. A ball is projected at angle  (> 45°) from
horizontal with speed u. If after time t value of ( 4iˆ  7 jˆ) , then magnitude of A is
vertical component of velocity becomes equal to the (1) 4.1
value of horizontal component of velocity, then
(2) 3.2
u
(1) t  [sin2   cos2 ] (3) 8.2
g
(4) 2.0
u 16. The sum of two vectors is 18 unit and smaller one

(2) t  [sin  cos] has magnitude 5 unit. If the resultant is at 90° with
g
smaller vector then magnitude of their resultant is
u (1) 13 unit
(3) t  [cos  sin]
g (2) 12 unit
(3) 10 unit
u
(4) t  [cos  sin] (4) 2 unit
g
17. If a body is moving uniformly on a circle with
13. If time taken by bead A and B to slide down on speed v, then the magnitude of change in its
chords PQ and RQ are t1 and t2 respectively, then velocity when it has turned by an angle  is
t1/t2 is equal to (diameter of vertical ring is d)
(1) 2v cos   2 
P
A (2) 2v cos
(3) 2v sin
B R
 (4) 2v sin   2 


18. Three vectors A, B and C are such that A  B  C
Q and their magnitudes are in ratio 10 : 8 : 6
(Ring is in vertical planes and no friction)
respectively, then angle between A and B is
sin (1) 53°
(1) 1 (2)
sin
(2) 37°
cos sin (3) 90°
(3) (4)
cos sin (4) 45°
19. Four forces are acting on a body as shown in 23. If a particle is projected with a velocity u so that
figure, then resultant force is of its horizontal range is thrice the greatest height
attained, then its horizontal range is
y-axis
24u 2
(1)
2N 25g
8N 30° 30°
5u 2
x-axis (2)
g
6N 4N
4u 2
(3)
5g
(1) 10 N directed towards (– x)-axis
25u 2
(2) 4 3 N directed towards (+ y)-axis (4)
24g
(3) 4 N directed towards (– x) -axis
24. At what angle with the vertical a ball be thrown so
(4) 10 N towards (+ y)-axis that the range R is related to time of flight T as
20. An aeroplane is flying at constant height of R = 5T 2
1.96 km with speed 600 km/h towards a point (1)  = 45°
directly over a target. At what angle of sight should
(2)  = 90°
it release a bomb if it is to strike the target on the
ground? (3)  = 60°
(1) 75° (4)  = 30°
(2) 45° 25. A projectile is fired from the level ground at angle
 above the horizontal. Angle of elevation () of
(3) 0°
highest point from point of projection is
(4) 60°
(1) tan  = 2tan 
21. A projectile is thrown up with initial speed u
(2) tan  = tan 
making angle  with the horizontal ( > 45°). Time
just after which it will be moving perpendicular to 1
(3) tan   tan 
its initial direction of motion is 2
u 1
(1) (4) tan   tan 
g sin  4
26. To a stationary man, rain appears to be falling at
u sin an angle 30° with vertical. If he starts running with
(2)
g speed v m/s, rain strikes him vertically, then speed
of rain w.r.t. ground is
u (1) v m/s (2) 2v m/s
(3)
g cos
v 3
(3) v 3 m/s (4) m/s
u cos  2
(4)
g 27. Two particles A and B having positions
22. A particle is projected with speed u at an angle 
rA  (3iˆ  5 ˆj ) m and rB  ( 5iˆ  3 ˆj ) m are moving
with horizontal. In its parabolic path at a point,
particle is moving at right angle to initial direction with velocity vA  (4iˆ  3 ˆj ) m/s and vB  (8iˆ  ajˆ) m/s.
of projection. Its velocity at that point is If they collide after 2 s, the value of a is
(1) u tan (2) u cot (1) 2 (2) 8
(3) u cos (4) u cosec (3) 7 (4) 9
28. A projectile can have the same range ‘R’ for two 33. In case of three vectors, which set of their
angles of projection. If t1 and t2 be the times of magnitudes cannot have zero resultant?
flight in the two cases, then the initial velocity of
(1) 10, 10, 10
projectile is
(2) 10, 10, 20
 
1 1
(1) g t12  t 22 2
(3) 10, 20, 20
2
(4) 10, 20, 40
 
1 1
(2) g t12  t 22 2
34. Two particles A and B start moving with velocities
4
20 m/s and 30 2 m/s along x-axis and at an angle
(3) gt1t2 45º with x-axis respectively in xy-plane from origin.
(4) 2gt1t2 The relative velocity of B w.r.t. A

29. A particle is moving with velocity v  k ( yiˆ  xjˆ) , (1) (10iˆ  30 ˆj ) m/s
where k is constant. The general equation of its
path (c = constant) is (2) (30 iˆ  10 jˆ) m/s
(1) y2 = x2 + c (2) y2 = x + c
(3) (30 iˆ  20 2 jˆ )m/s
(3) xy = c (4) y = x2 + c
30. A particle leaves the origin with an initial velocity (4) (30 2 iˆ  10 2 jˆ) m/s

u  3iˆ m/s and a constant acceleration
35. A particle is moving with constant speed v in xy
 1 
a   iˆ  ˆj  m/s 2 . Its speed when its plane as shown in figure. The magnitude of its
 2  angular velocity about point O is
x - coordinate of position is maximum is
(1) 3 m/s y
3 (0, b) v
(2) m/s
2
(3) 6 m/s
(4) 9 m/s
x
O (a, 0)
31. Angular velocity of minute hand of a standard
watch (in rad/s) is
v v
 (1) (2)
(1) a2  b2 b
60
 vb v
(2) (3) (4)
30 (a  b 2 )
2
a
 36. A particle is moving eastwards with a speed of

(3)
1800 6 m/s. After 6 s, the particle is found to be moving
with same speed in a direction 60° north of east. The
 magnitude of average acceleration in this interval of
(4)
3600 time is
32. A particle is moving along x-axis with speed N 6 m/s
10 m/s. An acceleration of 10 m/s2 along y-axis is
applied on the particle, then speed of particle just
after 1 s is 60°
W E
6 m/s
(1) 10 m/s (2) 20 m/s
S
10 (1) 6 m/s2 (2) 3 m/s2
(3) m/s (4) 10 2 m/s
2
(3) 1 m/s2 (4) Zero
37. When a force F acts on a particle of mass m, the 41. If H1 and H2 be the greatest heights of a projectile
acceleration of particle becomes a. Now if two in two paths for a given value of range, then the
forces of magnitude 3F and 4F acts on the particle horizontal range of projectile is given by
simultaneously as shown in figure, then the
H1  H 2
acceleration of the particle is (1)
2
4F
H1  H 2
(2)
4
90º (3) 4 H1 H 2
3F
m
(4) 4[H1  H2 ]
(1) a
42. If R and H are the horizontal range and maximum
(2) 2a height attained by a projectile, then its speed of
(3) 5a projection is
(4) 8a
4R 2 R 2g
38. Out of the two cars A and B, car A is moving towards (1) 2gR  (2) 2gH 
gH 8H
east with a velocity of 10 m/s whereas B is moving
towards north with a velocity 20 m/s, then velocity of
A w.r.t. B is (nearly) 8H R2
(3) 2gH  (4) 2gH 
(1) 30 m/s Rg H
(2) 10 m/s 43. A particle projected from ground moves at angle 45º
(3) 22 m/s with horizontal one second after projection and
speed is minimum, two seconds after the projection.
(4) 42 m/s
The angle of projection of particle is [Neglect the
39. A man moves in an open field such that after effect of air resistance]
moving 10 m on a straight line, he makes a sharp
(1) tan–1(3) (2) tan–1(2)
turn of 60º to his left. The total displacement just
at the start of 8th turn is equal to (3) tan1( 2) (4) tan–1(4)
(1) 12 m
44. A ball is projected from ground at an angle 45º with
(2) 15 m horizontal from distance d1 from the foot of a pole
(3) 17.32 m and just after touching the top of pole it the falls on
ground at distance d2 from pole on other side, the
(4) 14.14 m height of pole is
40. A particle is projected at angle  with horizontal from
d1  d 2
ground. The slope (m) of the trajectory of the particle (1) 2 d1d 2 (2)
4
varies with time (t) as
2 d1 d 2 d1 d 2
m (3) d  d (4) d1  d 2
1 2
m
45. A particle is projected with speed u at angle  with
(1) t (2) horizontal from ground. If it is at same height from
O t
O ground at time t1 and t2, then its average velocity
in time interval t1 to t2 is
(1) Zero
m m
(2) u sin 
(3) u cos 
(3) (4)
t t 1
O O (4) u cos 
2
46. A particle is projected from ground at an angle  with 52. A projectile is projected with speed u at an angle 
horizontal with speed u. The ratio of radius of with the horizontal. The average velocity of the
curvature of its trajectory at point of projection to projectile between the instants it crosses the same
radius of curvature at maximum height is level is
(1) u cos  (2) u sin 
1
(1) (2) cos2 (3) u cot  (4) u tan 
sin2  cos 
53. A ball is thrown at an angle  with the horizontal. Its
1 1 horizontal range is equal to its maximum height. This
(3) (4) is possible only when the value of tan  is
sin3  cos3 
47. An object of mass 10 kg is projected from ground (1) 4 (2) 2

with speed 40 m/s at an angle 60º with horizontal. (3) 1 (4) 0.5
The rate of change of momentum of object one
54. A ball is projected from a point O as shown in figure.
second after projection in SI unit is
It will strike the ground after (g = 10 m/s2)
[Take g = 9.8 m/s2]
10 m/s
(1) 73 (2) 98
30°
(3) 176 (4) 140
O
48. An object is projected from ground with speed
20 m/s at angle 30º with horizontal. Its centripetal 60 m
acceleration one second after the projection is
[Take g = 10 m/s2]
(1) 10 m/s2 (2) Zero (1) 4 s (2) 3 s
(3) 5 m/s2 (4) 12 m/s2 (3) 2 s (4) 5 s
49. A particle is moving on a circular path with constant 55. A particle is thrown with a velocity of u m/s. It
speed v. It moves between two points A and B, passes A and B as shown in figure at time t1 = 1 s
which subtends an angle 60º at the centre of circle. and t2 = 3 s. The value of u is (g = 10 m/s2)
The magnitude of change in its velocity and change y
in magnitude of its velocity during motion from A to
B are respectively u
A B
(1) Zero, Zero (2) v, 0
30º
(3) 0, v (4) 2v, v O x
50. What is the path followed by a moving body, on which (1) 20 m/s (2) 10 m/s
a constant force acts in a direction other than initial (3) 40 m/s (4) 5 m/s
velocity (i.e. excluding parallel and antiparallel
direction)? 56. Which one of the following statements is not true
about the motion of a projectile?
(1) Straight line (2) Parabolic
(1) The time of flight of a projectile is proportional to
(3) Circular (4) Elliptical the speed with which it is projected at a given
51. Two stones are thrown with same speed u at different angle of projection
angles from ground in air. If both stones have same (2) The horizontal range of a projectile is proportional
range and height attained by them are h1 and h2, to the square root of the speed with which it is
then h1 + h2 is equal to projected
u2 u2 (3) For a given speed of projection, the angle of

(1) (2) projection for maximum range is 45°
g 2g
(4) At maximum height, the acceleration due to
u2 u2 gravity is perpendicular to the velocity of the
(3) (4)
3g 4g projectile
57. A projectile is thrown with speed 40 m s–1 at angle 59. Consider the two statements related to circular
 from horizontal. It is found that projectile is at motion in usual notations.
same height at 1 s and 3 s. What is the angle of
projection? A. In uniform circular motion,  , v and a are
always mutually perpendicular
 1   1 
(1) tan–1   (2) tan–1   B. In non-uniform circular motion,  , v and a are
 2  3
always mutually perpendicular
(3) tan–1( 3 ) (4) tan–1( 2) (1) Both A and B are true
58. A particle is moving in xy-plane in a circular path (2) Both A and B are false
with centre at origin. If at an instant the position of (3) A is true but B is false
1 ˆ ˆ (4) A is false but B is true
particle is given by (i  j ), then velocity of
2 60. Which of the following quantities remains constant
particle is along during uniform circular motion?
1 ˆ ˆ 1 (1) Centripetal acceleration
(1) (i  j ) (2) ( jˆ  iˆ)
2 2 (2) Velocity
1 ˆ ˆ (3) Momentum
(3) (i  j ) (4) Either (1) or (2)
2 (4) Speed


Aakash Physics Module Part-01

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Aakash Physics Module Part-01

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Chapter 1

For more Join : @DefeatNEET

FUNDAMENTAL FORCES IN NATURE

(1) Unification (3) 10–30 kg to 1055 kg range of mass

(2) Reduction (4) All of these

(3) Both (1) & (2) 7. Strategy of approximation involves

(4) Experiments (1) All the complexities of a phenomena

(1) Macroscopic phenomena (1) Fg > FN > FW > FE

(2) Mesoscopic phenomena (2) Fg < FW < FE < FN

(3) Microscopic phenomena (3) FE > FN > FW > Fg

(4) Sometimes mesoscopic sometimes microscopic (4) FW < Fg < FE < FN

(3) Nuclear forces (2) Electromagnetic force is affected by intervening

5. Wolfgang Pauli correctly predicted in 1931 the 7. Maxwell unified

(2) Law of conservation of mass in -decay (3) Electromagnetism with optics

(1) Gluons (2) -mesons (3) Nuclear force between proton-proton

CLICK HERE FOR OTHER MATERIALS

Units and Measurement

Sl. No. Fundamental Quantity Fundamental Unit Unit Symbol Used

Sl. No. Supplementary Supplementary Unit Symbol

TABLE : METRIC PREFIXES

Power of 10 Prefix Symbol Power of 10 Prefix Symbol

Error = Measured value – True value

Various Types of Error

This error arise due to following reasons

Improper designing or calibration

(iv) Personal error: Error due to carelessness or casual behaviour.

z These errors can be minimised by taking large number of observation.

a1  a2  ......  an

Final result of measurement may be written as :

(iv) Relative Error or Fractional Error :

a Mean absolute error

(ii) In Difference : If Z = A – B, then maximum absolute error is Z = A + B

 Rs R1  R2

x1  x2  x3  ....  x5

(b) L.C. of vernier callipers = value of 1 MSD – value of 1 VSD

Pitch (distance travelled by head in one complete rotation)

z Rules for counting the significant figures:

z Rules for Arithmetic Operations with Significant Figures

142.06 (5 Significant Figure) 0.90

Ans. 33 Ans. 0.21

Rounding off the uncertain digits

DIMENSIONS OF PHYSICAL QUANTITIES

DIMENSIONAL ANALYSIS AND ITS APPLICATIONS

z A dimensionally incorrect equation will always incorrect equation.

[at] = [acceleration] [time] = [LT–2] [T]

a, b and c are dimensions

(b) Speed of light c = 3 × 108 m/s = c New units

 3 × 108 ms–1 = c (y m) (z s–1)

Example 5 : Convert 1 newton in dyne.

Limitations of the Dimensional Method

S. Physical Quantity Relation with other Dimensional Formula SI Unit

4. Speed or Velocity Distance L m s–1

6. Momentum Mass × velocity M × LT–1 = [MLT–1] kg m s–1

10. Power Work ML2 T –2 W

11. Pressure Force ML1T –2 Pa or N m –2

13. Gravitational constant ‘G’ Force ×  distance 

14. Impulse of a force Force × time MLT–2 × T = [MLT –1] Ns

15. Stress Force MLT –2 N m –2

S. R elation with o ther

Thermal Heat × distance ML2 T –2 .L 

S. Relation with other

Relative permittivity or 0 A pure ratio = [M0L0T0]

Intensity of electric Force MLT –2 

60. Electric dipole moment Charge × 2(length) [AT][L] = [M0LTA] Cm